(exec-suffixes): Initialize to a system-dependent value.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15192 12238))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15294 47094))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
151
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
156
157 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
158 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
159
160 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
161
162 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
163 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
164 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
165
166 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
167 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
168 notices.
169
170 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
171 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
172
173 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
174 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
175 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
176 the change log file in another window." t nil)
177 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
178
179 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
180 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
181 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
182 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
183 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
184 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
185
186 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188
189 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191
192 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
193 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
194
195 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
196 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
197
198 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
199 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
200
201 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
202 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
203 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
204 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
205 `add-log-current-defun-function'
206
207 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
208
209 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
210 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
211 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
212 the appropriate motion commands).
213
214 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
215 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
216
217 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
218 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
219
220 ;;;***
221 \f
222 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
223 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15185
224 ;;;;;; 36002))
225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
226
227 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
228 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
229 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
230 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
231 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
232 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
233 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
234 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
235 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
236 interpreted as `error'.")
237
238 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
239 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
240 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
241 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
242 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
243 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
244 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
245 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
246
247 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
248 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
249 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
250 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
251 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
252 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
253 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
254 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
255 will be overwritten with the new one.
256 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
257 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
258 will clear the cache." nil nil)
259
260 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
261 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
262 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
263
264 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
265 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
266 BODY... )
267
268 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
269 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
270 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
271 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
272 see also `ad-add-advice'.
273 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
274 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
275 before/around/after-advices will be used.
276 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
277 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
278 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
279 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
280 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
281 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
282
283 Semantics of the various flags:
284 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
285 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
286 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
287
288 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
289 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
290
291 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
292 advised function should be compiled.
293
294 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
295 during activation until somebody enables it.
296
297 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
298 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
299 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
300 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
301
302 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
303 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
304 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
305 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
306 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
307 during preloading.
308
309 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
310
311 ;;;***
312 \f
313 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
314 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
315 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15192 12206))
316 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
317
318 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
319 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
320 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
321 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
322 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
323 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
324 rule's `separate' attribute).
325
326 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
327 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
328 `separate' attribute set.
329
330 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
331 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
332 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
333 on the format of these lists." t nil)
334
335 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
336 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
337 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
338 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
339 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
340 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
341 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
342 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
343 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
344 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
345 options.
346
347 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
348 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
349
350 Fred (123) 456-7890
351 Alice (123) 456-7890
352 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
353 Joe (123) 456-7890
354
355 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
356 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
357 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
358
359 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
360 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
361 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
362 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
363 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
364 align that section." t nil)
365
366 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
367 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
368 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
369 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
370 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
371 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
372 been used to align that section." t nil)
373
374 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
375 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
376 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
377 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
378 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
379 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
380 to be colored." t nil)
381
382 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
383 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
384
385 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
386 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
387
388 ;;;***
389 \f
390 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
391 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15292 25972))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
393 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
394
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
396 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
397 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
398 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
399 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
400 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
401
402 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
403
404 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
405
406 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
407
408 ;;;***
409 \f
410 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
411 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15223 37897))
412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
413
414 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
415 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
416 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
417 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
418 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
419 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
420 in the current window." nil nil)
421
422 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
423 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
424 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
425
426 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
427 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
428
429 ;;;***
430 \f
431 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
432 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14969 37995))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
434
435 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
436 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
437
438 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
439 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
440
441 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
442 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
443 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
444 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
445
446 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
447 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
448
449 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
450
451 ;;;***
452 \f
453 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
454 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15242 17023))
455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
456
457 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
458 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
459 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
460 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
461 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
462 \\[yank].
463
464 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
465 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
466 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
467 the rules.
468
469 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
470 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
471 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
472 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
473
474 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
475 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
476 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
477
478 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
479 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
480 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
481
482 ;;;***
483 \f
484 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
485 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
486 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
487 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15192 12220))
488 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
489
490 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
491 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
492 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
493 as the first thing on a line.")
494
495 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
496 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
497
498 (defvar appt-audible t "\
499 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
500
501 (defvar appt-visible t "\
502 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
503
504 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
505 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
506
507 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
508 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
509
510 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
511 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
512
513 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
514 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
515 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
516
517 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
518 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
519 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
520
521 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
522 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
523
524 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
525 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
526 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
527 put in the appointments list.
528 02/23/89
529 12:00pm lunch
530 Wednesday
531 10:00am group meeting
532 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
533 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
534 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
535
536 ;;;***
537 \f
538 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
539 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15298
540 ;;;;;; 59296))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
542
543 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
544 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
545
546 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
547
548 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
549 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
550 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
551 normal variables." t nil)
552
553 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
554
555 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
556 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
557 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
558 noninteractive functions.
559
560 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
561 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
562
563 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
564 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
565 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
566 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
567 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
568
569 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
570 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
571 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
572 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
573 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
574
575 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
576 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
577 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
578 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
579 bindings.
580 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
581
582 ;;;***
583 \f
584 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15260
585 ;;;;;; 30413))
586 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
587
588 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
589 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
590 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
591 Letters no longer insert themselves.
592 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
593 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
594
595 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
596 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
597 archive.
598
599 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
600
601 ;;;***
602 \f
603 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15192 12207))
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
605
606 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
607 Major mode for editing arrays.
608
609 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
610 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
611 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
612
613 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
614
615 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
616 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
617 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
618
619 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
620 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
621 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
622 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
623 The variables are:
624
625 Variables you assign:
626 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
627 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
628 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
629 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
630 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
631 row numbers in the buffer.
632
633 Variables which are calculated:
634 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
635 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
636
637 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
638 take a numeric prefix argument):
639
640 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
641 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
642 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
643 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
644
645 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
646 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
647 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
648 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
649
650 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
651 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
652 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
653 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
654
655 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
656 between that of point and mark.
657
658 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
659 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
660
661 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
662 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
663 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
664 newlines inside rows)
665
666 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
667
668 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
669
670 ;;;***
671 \f
672 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15192
673 ;;;;;; 12246))
674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
675
676 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
677 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
678 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
679 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
680
681 How to quit artist mode
682
683 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
684
685
686 How to submit a bug report
687
688 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
689
690
691 Drawing with the mouse:
692
693 mouse-2
694 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
695 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
696 below).
697
698 mouse-1
699 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
700 or pastes:
701
702 Operation Not shifted Shifted
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
704 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
705 to new point
706 --------------------------------------------------------------
707 Line Line in any direction Straight line
708 --------------------------------------------------------------
709 Rectangle Rectangle Square
710 --------------------------------------------------------------
711 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
712 --------------------------------------------------------------
713 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
714 --------------------------------------------------------------
715 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
716 --------------------------------------------------------------
717 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
718 --------------------------------------------------------------
719 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
722 lines
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
728 Paste Paste Paste
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
732
733 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
734 or diagonally.
735
736 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
737 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
738 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
739 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
740 poly-lines.
741
742 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
743 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
744 overwrite means the opposite.
745
746 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
747 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
748 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
749
750 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
751
752 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
753 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
754
755 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
756 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
757 are currently drawing something.
758
759 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
760 some time to fill.
761
762
763 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
764 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
765
766
767 Settings
768
769 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
770
771 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
772
773 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
774
775 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
776
777 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
778 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
779
780 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
781
782
783 Drawing with keys
784
785 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
786 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
787 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
788 When erase characters: toggles erasing
789 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
790 When pasting: Pastes
791
792 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
793
794 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
795
796 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
797 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
798 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
799 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
800 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
801 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
802
803
804 Arrows
805
806 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
807 of the line/poly-line
808
809 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
810 of the line/poly-line
811
812
813 Selecting operation
814
815 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
816
817 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
818 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
819 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
820 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
821 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
822 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
823 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
824 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
825 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
826 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
827 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
828 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
829 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
830 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
831 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
832 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
833 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
834 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
835 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
836 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
837
838
839 Variables
840
841 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
842 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
843
844 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
845 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
846 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
847 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
848 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
849 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
850 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
851 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
852 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
853 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
854 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
855 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
856 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
857 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
858 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
859 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
860 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
861 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
862 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
863
864 Hooks
865
866 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
867 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
868
869
870 Keymap summary
871
872 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
873
874 ;;;***
875 \f
876 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
877 ;;;;;; 36495))
878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
879
880 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
881 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
882 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
883
884 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
885 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
886 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
887 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
888
889 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
890 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
891
892 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
893 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
894
895 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
896
897 Special commands:
898 \\{asm-mode-map}
899 " t nil)
900
901 ;;;***
902 \f
903 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
904 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
906
907 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
908 Obsolete.")
909
910 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
911 This command is obsolete." t nil)
912
913 ;;;***
914 \f
915 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
916 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
917 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
918
919 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
920 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
921 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
923 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
924
925 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
926
927 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
928
929 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
930 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
931 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
932 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
933 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
934 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
935 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
936 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
937 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
938 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
939
940 For example:
941 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
942 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
943 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
944 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
945 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
946
947 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
948
949 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
950 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
951 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
953 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
954
955 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
956
957 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
958
959 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
960 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
961 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
962 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
963 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
964 &c to supply digit arguments.
965
966 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
967
968 ;;;***
969 \f
970 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
971 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
973
974 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
975 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
976
977 ;;;***
978 \f
979 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
980 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
982
983 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
984 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
985 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
986
987 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
988 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
989 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
990 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
991
992 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
993 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
994 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
996 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
997
998 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
999
1000 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1001
1002 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1003 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1004 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1005 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1006
1007 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1008 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1009
1010 ;;;***
1011 \f
1012 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1013 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1014 ;;;;;; (15293 42341))
1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1016
1017 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1018 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1019 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1020 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1021
1022 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1023 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1024 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1025
1026 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1027 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1028 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1029
1030 ;;;***
1031 \f
1032 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1033 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1034 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1036
1037 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1038 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1039
1040 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1041 instead.")
1042
1043 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1044 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1045
1046 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1047 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1048
1049 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1050
1051 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1052
1053 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1054 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1055
1056 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1057 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1058 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1059
1060 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1061 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1062
1063 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1064 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1065
1066 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1067 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1068
1069 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1070 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1071 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1072
1073 ;;;***
1074 \f
1075 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1076 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 49176))
1077 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1078
1079 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1080 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1081 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1083 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1084
1085 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1086
1087 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1088
1089 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1090 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1091 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1092 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1093
1094 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1095 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1096 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1097
1098 Effects of the different modes:
1099 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1100 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1101 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1102 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1103 a random distance & direction.
1104 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1105 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1106 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1107
1108 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1109
1110 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1111 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1112 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1113
1114 ;;;***
1115 \f
1116 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1117 ;;;;;; 32223))
1118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1119
1120 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1121 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1122 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1123 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1124 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1125
1126 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1127
1128 ;;;***
1129 \f
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1131 ;;;;;; (15251 43414))
1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1133
1134 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1135 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1136
1137 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1138 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1139
1140 For example:
1141
1142 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1143 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1144 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1145 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1146
1147 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1148
1149 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1154 ;;;;;; (15223 37886))
1155 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1156
1157 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1158 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1159 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1160 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1161
1162 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1163 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1164 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1165 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1166 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1167 seconds." t nil)
1168
1169 ;;;***
1170 \f
1171 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15054
1172 ;;;;;; 33529))
1173 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1174
1175 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1176 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1177
1178 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1179 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1180 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1181 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1182 message.
1183
1184
1185 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1186
1187 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1188 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1189 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1190 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1191 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1192
1193 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1194 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1195 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1196 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1197 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1198 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1199
1200 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1201 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1202 BibTeX mode.
1203
1204
1205 Special information:
1206
1207 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1208
1209 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1210 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1211 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1212 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1213 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1214 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1215 current field.
1216 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1217 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1218
1219 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1220 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1221 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1222 bibtex-entry-format.
1223 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1224 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1225 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1226
1227 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1228 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1229
1230 The following may be of interest as well:
1231
1232 Functions:
1233 bibtex-entry
1234 bibtex-kill-entry
1235 bibtex-yank-pop
1236 bibtex-pop-previous
1237 bibtex-pop-next
1238 bibtex-complete-string
1239 bibtex-complete-key
1240 bibtex-print-help-message
1241 bibtex-generate-autokey
1242 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1243 bibtex-end-of-entry
1244 bibtex-reposition-window
1245 bibtex-mark-entry
1246 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1247 bibtex-ispell-entry
1248 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1249 bibtex-sort-buffer
1250 bibtex-validate
1251 bibtex-count
1252 bibtex-fill-entry
1253 bibtex-reformat
1254 bibtex-convert-alien
1255
1256 Variables:
1257 bibtex-field-delimiters
1258 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1259 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1260 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1261 bibtex-entry-format
1262 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1263 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1264 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1265 bibtex-predefined-strings
1266 bibtex-string-files
1267
1268 ---------------------------------------------------------
1269 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1270 non-nil.
1271
1272 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1273
1274 ;;;***
1275 \f
1276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15192 12228))
1277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1278
1279 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1280
1281 ;;;***
1282 \f
1283 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1284 ;;;;;; 27947))
1285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1286
1287 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1288 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1289 the default is 4.
1290
1291 What is blackbox?
1292
1293 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1294 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1295 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1296 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1297 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1298 your score.
1299
1300 Overview of play:
1301
1302 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1303 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1304 four.
1305
1306 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1307 movement keys.
1308
1309 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1310 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1311
1312 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1313 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1314
1315 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1316 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1317 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1318 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1319 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1320 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1321
1322 Details:
1323
1324 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1325
1326 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1327 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1328 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1329 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1330
1331 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1332 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1333 denoted by the letter `R'.
1334
1335 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1336 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1337 denoted by the letter `H'.
1338
1339 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1340 example.
1341
1342 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1343 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1344 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1345 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1346 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1347 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1348 ray.
1349
1350 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1351 degree deflection it causes.
1352
1353 1
1354 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1355 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1356 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1357 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1358 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1359 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1360 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1361 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1362 2 3
1363
1364 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1365 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1366
1367
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1371 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1374 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1376
1377 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1378 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1379 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1380 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1381 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1382 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1383 emerging from the box.
1384
1385 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1386
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1391 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1392 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1394 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1395
1396 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1397 a reflection." t nil)
1398
1399 ;;;***
1400 \f
1401 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1402 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1403 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1404 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1405 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1406 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15296 35571))
1407 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1408 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1409 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1410 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1411
1412 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1413 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1414 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1415 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1416 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1417 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1418
1419 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1420
1421 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1422
1423 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1424
1425 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1426
1427 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1428
1429 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1430
1431 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1432
1433 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1434
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1436
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1438
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1440
1441 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1442
1443 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1444
1445 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1446 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1447 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1448 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1449 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1450 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1451 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1452 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1453 recent one.
1454
1455 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1456 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1457 yank successive words.
1458
1459 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1460 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1461 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1462 name of the file being visited.
1463
1464 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1465 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1466 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1467
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1469 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1470 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1471 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1472 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1473 this.
1474
1475 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1476 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1477 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1478 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1479
1480 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1481 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1482 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1483 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1484 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1485
1486 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1487 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1488 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1489 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1490
1491 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1492
1493 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1494 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1495 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1496 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1497
1498 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1499 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1500 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1501
1502 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1503 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1504 name." t nil)
1505
1506 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1507 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1508 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1509 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1510 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1511 this." t nil)
1512
1513 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1514 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1515 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1516 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1517 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1518 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1519 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1520 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1521
1522 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1523 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1524 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1525
1526 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1527 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1528 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1529 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1530 \(second argument).
1531
1532 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1533 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1534 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1535 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1536 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1537
1538 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1539 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1540 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1541 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1542
1543 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1544 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1545 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1546 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1547 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1548 while loading.
1549
1550 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1551 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1552 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1553 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1554 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1555 explicitly.
1556
1557 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1558 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1559 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1560 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1561
1562 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1563 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1564 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1565 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1566 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1567
1568 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1569
1570 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1571
1572 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1573 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1574 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1575 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1576 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1577 this.
1578
1579 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1580 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1581 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1582
1583 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1584 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1585 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1586 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1587 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1588 this.
1589
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1593
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1595 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1596 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1597
1598 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1599 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1600 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1601
1602 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1603 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1604 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1605 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1606 prompts for NEWNAME.
1607 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1608 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1609 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1610
1611 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1612 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1613 name.
1614
1615 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1616 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1617 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1618
1619 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1620 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1621 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1622 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1623 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1624 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1625
1626 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1627 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1628 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1629
1630 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1631
1632 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1633
1634 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1635
1636 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1637
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1639
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1641
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1643
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1645
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1647
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1649
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1651
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1653
1654 ;;;***
1655 \f
1656 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1657 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1658 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1659 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1660 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1661 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1665 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1667
1668 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1669 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1670 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1671 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1672
1673 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1674 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1675 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1676 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1677 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1678
1679 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1680 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1681 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1682 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1683 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1684
1685 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1686 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1687
1688 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1689 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1690 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1691
1692 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1693 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1694
1695 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1696 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1697 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1698 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1699 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1700 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1701
1702 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1703 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1704 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1705 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1706 narrowed." t nil)
1707
1708 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1709 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1710
1711 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1712 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1713
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1715 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1716 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1717 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1718
1719 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1720 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1721 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1722 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1723
1724 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1725 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1726 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1727 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1728 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1729 to use." t nil)
1730
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1733 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1734 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1735
1736 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1737 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1738 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1739 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1740
1741 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1742 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1743
1744 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1745 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1746 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1747 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1748
1749 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1750 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1751 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1752 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1753
1754 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1755 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1756
1757 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1758 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1759
1760 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1761 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1762 program is invoked according to the variable
1763 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1764
1765 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1766 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1767 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1768 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1769
1770 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1771 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1772
1773 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1774 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1775 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1776
1777 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1778 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1779 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1780 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1781
1782 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1783 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1784 Default to the URL around or before point.
1785
1786 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1787 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1788 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1789
1790 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1791 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1792 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1793 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1794
1795 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1796 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1797
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1801
1802 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1803 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1804 Default to the URL around or before point.
1805
1806 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1807 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1808 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1809
1810 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1811 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1812
1813 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1814 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1815 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1816 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1817
1818 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1819 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1820 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1821 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1822 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1823
1824 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1825 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1826 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1827 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1828
1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1830 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1831 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1832 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1833
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1836
1837 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1838 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1839 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1840
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1842 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1843 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1844 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1845 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1846 current one.
1847
1848 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1849 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1850 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1851 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1852
1853 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1854 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1855
1856 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1857 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1858 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1859 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1860 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1861 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1862
1863 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1864 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1865 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1866
1867 ;;;***
1868 \f
1869 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1870 ;;;;;; 42538))
1871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1872
1873 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1874 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1877 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1878
1879 ;;;***
1880 \f
1881 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1882 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15293 42332))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1884
1885 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1886 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1887 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1888 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1889
1890 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1891 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1892 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1893 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1894
1895 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1896 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1899 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1900 \\<bs-mode-map>
1901 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1902 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1903 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1904 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1905
1906 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1907 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1908 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1909 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1910 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1911
1912 ;;;***
1913 \f
1914 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1915 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15298
1916 ;;;;;; 53572))
1917 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1918
1919 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1920 Keymap used by buttons.")
1921
1922 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1923 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1924 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1925
1926 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1927 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1928 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1929 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1930 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1931 creating the button).
1932
1933 The property `supertype' may be used to specify a button-type from which
1934 NAME inherits its default property values (however, the inheritance
1935 happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent changes to a supertype are
1936 not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
1937
1938 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
1939 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1940 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1941 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1942 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1943 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1944
1945 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
1946
1947 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
1948 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
1949 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1950 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1951 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1952 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1953
1954 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
1955
1956 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
1957 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1958 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1959 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1960 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1961 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1962
1963 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
1964 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
1965 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
1966 `make-text-button'.
1967
1968 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
1969
1970 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
1971 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
1972 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1973 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1974 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1975 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1976
1977 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
1978 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
1979 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
1980 `insert-text-button'.
1981
1982 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
1983
1984 ;;;***
1985 \f
1986 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1987 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1988 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1989 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15297 12856))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1991
1992 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1993 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1994 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1995
1996 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1997 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1998 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1999 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2000
2001 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2002 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2003 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2004 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2005
2006 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2007
2008 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2009 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2010
2011 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2012 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2013 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2014 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2015 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2016
2017 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2018 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2019 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2020 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2021
2022 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2023 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2024 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2025
2026 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2027 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2028 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2029 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2030 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2031 all functions called by those functions.
2032
2033 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2034 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2035 cons, etc.).
2036
2037 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2038 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2039 invoked interactively." t nil)
2040
2041 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2042 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2043 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2044 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2045 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2046 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
2047
2048 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2049 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2050 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2051 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2052
2053 ;;;***
2054 \f
2055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15192 12220))
2056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2057
2058 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2059
2060 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2061
2062 ;;;***
2063 \f
2064 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2065 ;;;;;; (15192 12220))
2066 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2067
2068 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2069 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2070 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2071 from the cursor position." t nil)
2072
2073 ;;;***
2074 \f
2075 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15281
2076 ;;;;;; 51216))
2077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2078
2079 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2080 Run the Emacs calculator.
2081 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2082
2083 ;;;***
2084 \f
2085 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2086 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2087 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2088 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2089 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2090 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2091 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2092 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2093 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2094 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2095 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2096 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2097 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2098 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2099 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2100 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2101 ;;;;;; (15292 25969))
2102 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2103
2104 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2105 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2106 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2107
2108 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2109 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2110 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2111 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2112 the screen.")
2113
2114 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2115 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2116 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2117 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2118 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2119
2120 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2121 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2122 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2123 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2124 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2125 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2126 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2127
2128 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2129 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2130 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2131 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2132 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2133
2134 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2135 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2136 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2137
2138 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2139 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2140 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2141
2142 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2143 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2144 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2145
2146 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2147 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2148 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2149 displayed.")
2150
2151 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2152 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2153 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2154
2155 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2156 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2157 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2158
2159 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2160
2161 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2162 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2163 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2164
2165 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2166 calendar.")
2167
2168 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2169 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2170 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2171
2172 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2173 calendar.")
2174
2175 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2176 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2177 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2178
2179 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2180 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2181 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2182 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2183 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2184
2185 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2186 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2187 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2188 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2189 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2190 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2191 a function is also provided for this:
2192 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2193
2194 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2195 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2196 date is not visible in the window.
2197
2198 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2199 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2200 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2201
2202 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2203 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2204
2205 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2206 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2207 date is visible in the window.
2208
2209 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2210 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2211 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2212
2213 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2214 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2215
2216 For example,
2217
2218 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2219
2220 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2221
2222 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2223 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2224
2225 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2226
2227 MONTH/DAY
2228 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2229 MONTHNAME DAY
2230 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2231 DAYNAME
2232
2233 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2234 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2235 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2236 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2237 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2238 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2239 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2240 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2241 respectively.
2242
2243 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2244 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2245 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2246
2247 DAY/MONTH
2248 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2249 DAY MONTHNAME
2250 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2251 DAYNAME
2252
2253 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2254 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2255
2256 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2257 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2258 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2259 window but will appear in a diary window.
2260
2261 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2262 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2263
2264 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2265 entries (in the default American style):
2266
2267 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2268 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2269 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2270 21: Payday
2271 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2272 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2273 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2274 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2275 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2276 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2277 &* 15 time cards due.
2278
2279 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2280 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2281 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2282 single diary entry
2283
2284 02/11/1989
2285 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2286 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2287 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2288 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2289 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2290 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2291
2292 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2293 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2294 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2295
2296 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2297
2298 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2299
2300 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2301 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2302 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2303 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2304 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2305 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2306 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2307 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2308 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2309
2310 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2311 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2312 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2313 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2314 for these functions for details.
2315
2316 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2317 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2318
2319 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2320 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2321
2322 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2323 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2324
2325 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2326 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2327
2328 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2329 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2330 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2331
2332 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2333 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2334 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2335
2336 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2337 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2338 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2339 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2340
2341 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2342 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2343 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2344 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2345
2346 DAY/MONTH
2347 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2348 DAY MONTHNAME
2349 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2350 DAYNAME
2351
2352 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2353 characters with or without a period.")
2354
2355 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2356 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2357 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2358
2359 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2360 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2361 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2362
2363 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2364 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2365 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2366
2367 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2368 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2369 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2370
2371 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2372 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2373 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2374 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2375 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2376 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2377
2378 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2379 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2380 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2381
2382 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2383 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2384 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2385 of the form
2386
2387 #include \"filename\"
2388
2389 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2390 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2391 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2392 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2393 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2394
2395 For example, you could use
2396
2397 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2398 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2399 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2400
2401 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2402 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2403 lexicographic order.")
2404
2405 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2406 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2407 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2408
2409 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2410 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2411 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2412 diary display.
2413
2414 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2415 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2416 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2417 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2418 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2419 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2420 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2421
2422 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2423 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2424 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2425 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2426 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2427 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2428 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2429 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2430
2431 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2432 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2433 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2434 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2435 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2436 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2437
2438 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2439 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2440
2441 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2442 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2443 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2444 of the form
2445 #include \"filename\"
2446 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2447 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2448 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2449 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2450 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2451
2452 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2453 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2454 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2455 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2456 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2457 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2458
2459 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2460 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2461 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2462 are holidays.")
2463
2464 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2465 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2466 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2467 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2468 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2469
2470 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2471
2472 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2473 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2474 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2475
2476 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2477
2478 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2479 *Oriental holidays.
2480 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2481
2482 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2483
2484 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2485 *Local holidays.
2486 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2487
2488 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2489
2490 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2491 *User defined holidays.
2492 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2493
2494 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2495
2496 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2497
2498 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2499
2500 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2501
2502 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2503
2504 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2505
2506 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2507
2508 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2509
2510 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2511
2512 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2513 *Jewish holidays.
2514 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2515
2516 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2517
2518 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2519 *Christian holidays.
2520 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2521
2522 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2523
2524 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2525 *Islamic holidays.
2526 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2527
2528 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2529
2530 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2531 *Sun-related holidays.
2532 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2533
2534 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2535
2536 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2537 The frame set up of the calendar.
2538 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2539 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2540 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2541 any other value the current frame is used.")
2542
2543 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2544 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2545 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2546
2547 ;;;***
2548 \f
2549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15192 12240))
2550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2551
2552 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2553 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2554
2555 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2556 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2557
2558 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2559 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2560
2561 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2562 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2563
2564 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2565 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2566
2567 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2568 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2569
2570 ;;;***
2571 \f
2572 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2573 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2574 ;;;;;; (15122 26750))
2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2576
2577 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2578
2579 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2580 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2581 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2582 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2583 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2584 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2585
2586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2587
2588 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2589 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2590 run first.
2591
2592 Key bindings:
2593 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2594
2595 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2596 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2597 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2598 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2599 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2600 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2601 message.
2602
2603 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2604
2605 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2606 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2607 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2608
2609 Key bindings:
2610 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2613 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2614 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2615 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2616 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2617 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2618 message.
2619
2620 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2621
2622 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2623 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2624 is run first.
2625
2626 Key bindings:
2627 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2628
2629 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2630 Major mode for editing Java code.
2631 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2632 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2633 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2634 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2635 message.
2636
2637 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2638
2639 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2640 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2641 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2642 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2643 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2644
2645 Key bindings:
2646 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2647
2648 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2649 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2651 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2652 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2654 message.
2655
2656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2657
2658 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2659 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2660 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2661
2662 Key bindings:
2663 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2664
2665 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2666 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2667 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2668 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2669 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2670 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2671 message.
2672
2673 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2674
2675 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2676 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2677 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2678
2679 Key bindings:
2680 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2681
2682 ;;;***
2683 \f
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15192 12241))
2686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2687
2688 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2689 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2690 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2691 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2692 for details of setting up styles.
2693
2694 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2695 style name.
2696
2697 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2698 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2699 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2700 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2701 will be reassigned.
2702
2703 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2704 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2705 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2706
2707 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2708 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2709 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2710 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2711
2712 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2713
2714 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2715 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2716 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2717
2718 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2719 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2720 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2721 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2722 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2723
2724 ;;;***
2725 \f
2726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15192 12241))
2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2728
2729 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2730 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2731 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2732 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2733 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2734
2735 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2736 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2737
2738 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2739 `infodock'.")
2740
2741 ;;;***
2742 \f
2743 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2744 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2745 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
2746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2747
2748 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2749 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2750
2751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2753
2754 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2755 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2756
2757 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2758 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2759 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2760 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2761 execution.
2762
2763 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2764
2765 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2766 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2767
2768 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2769 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2770 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2771 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2772
2773 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2774 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2775 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2776 `write' commands.
2777
2778 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2779 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2780 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2781 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2782
2783 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2784 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2785 semantics.
2786
2787 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2788
2789 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2790
2791 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2792
2793 STATEMENT :=
2794 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2795 | TRANSLATE | END
2796
2797 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2798 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2799 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2800 | integer
2801
2802 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2803
2804 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2805 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2806 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2807
2808 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2809 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2810 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2811
2812 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2813 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2814
2815 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2816 BREAK := (break)
2817
2818 REPEAT :=
2819 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2820 (repeat)
2821 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2822 ;; (repeat))
2823 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2824 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2825 ;; (read REG)
2826 ;; (repeat))
2827 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2828 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2829 ;; (read REG)
2830 ;; (repeat))
2831 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2832
2833 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2834 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2835 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2836 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2837 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2838 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2839 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2840 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2841 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2842 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2843 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2844 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2845 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2846 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2847 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2848 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2849
2850 WRITE :=
2851 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2852 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2853 ;; representation.
2854 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2855 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2856 ;; (write r7))
2857 | (write EXPRESSION)
2858 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2859 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2860 ;; representation.
2861 | (write integer)
2862 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2863 ;; buffer.
2864 | (write string)
2865 ;; Same as: (write string)
2866 | string
2867 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2868 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2869 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2870 ;; representation.
2871 | (write REG ARRAY)
2872 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2873 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2874 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2875 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2876 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2877 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2878
2879 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2880 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2881
2882 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2883 END := (end)
2884
2885 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2886 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2887 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2888
2889 ARG := REG | integer
2890
2891 OPERATOR :=
2892 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2893 + | - | * | / | %
2894
2895 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2896 | & | `|' | ^
2897
2898 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2899 | << | >>
2900
2901 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2902 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2903 | <8
2904
2905 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2906 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2907 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2908 | >8
2909
2910 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2911 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2912 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2913 | //
2914
2915 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2916 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2917
2918 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2919 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2920 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2921 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2922 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2923 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2924 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2925 | de-sjis
2926
2927 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2928 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2929 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2930 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2931 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2932 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2933 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2934 ;; byte of SJIS.
2935 | en-sjis
2936
2937 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2938 ;; Same meaning as C code
2939 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2940
2941 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2942 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2943 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2944 | <8=
2945
2946 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2947 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2948 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2949
2950 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2951 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2952 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2953 | //=
2954
2955 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2956
2957
2958 TRANSLATE :=
2959 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2960 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2961 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2962 MAP :=
2963 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2964 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2965 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2966 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2967 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2968 MAP-ID := integer
2969 " nil (quote macro))
2970
2971 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2972 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2973 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2974 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2975 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2976 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2977
2978 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2979 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2980 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2981
2982 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2983
2984 ;;;***
2985 \f
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2987 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2988 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2989 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2990 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2991 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2992 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2993 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2994 ;;;;;; (15271 8858))
2995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2996
2997 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2998 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2999 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3000 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3001
3002 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3003 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3004 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3005 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3006 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3007 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3008 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3009 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3010
3011 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3012 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3013 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3014 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3015 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3016 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3017 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3018 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3019
3020 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3021 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3022 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3023 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3024 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3025
3026 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3027 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3028 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3029 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3030 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3031
3032 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3033 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3034 Only documentation strings are checked.
3035 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3036 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3037 a separate buffer." t nil)
3038
3039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3040 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3041 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3042 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3043 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3044
3045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3046 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3047 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3048 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3049 if there is one." t nil)
3050
3051 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3052 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3053 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3054 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3055 if there is one.
3056 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3057
3058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3059 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3060 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3061
3062 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3063 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3064 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3065 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3066 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3067
3068 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3069 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3070 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3071 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3072 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3073 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3074
3075 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3076 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3077 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3078 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3079
3080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3081 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3082 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3084
3085 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3086 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3087 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3089
3090 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3091 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3092 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3094
3095 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3096 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3097 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3098 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3099
3100 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3101 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3102 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3103 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3104
3105 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3106 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3107 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3108 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3109
3110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3111 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3112 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3114
3115 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3116 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3117 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3118 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3119
3120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3121 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3122 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3123
3124 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3125 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3126 checking of documentation strings.
3127
3128 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3129
3130 ;;;***
3131 \f
3132 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3133 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15192
3134 ;;;;;; 12234))
3135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3136
3137 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3138 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3139 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3140
3141 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3142 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3145 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3146 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3147
3148 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3149 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3150
3151 ;;;***
3152 \f
3153 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3154 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 34675))
3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3156
3157 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3158 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3159 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3160 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3161 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3162 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3163
3164 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3165 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3166 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3167 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3168 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3169
3170 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3171
3172 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3173 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3174 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3175 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3176 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3177
3178 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3179 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3180 \\{command-history-map}
3181
3182 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3183 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3184
3185 ;;;***
3186 \f
3187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15295 53549))
3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3189
3190 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3191 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3192 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3193 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3194 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3195 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3196
3197 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3198 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3199
3200 ;;;***
3201 \f
3202 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3203 ;;;;;; (15226 33281))
3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3205
3206 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3207
3208 ;;;***
3209 \f
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3211 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3213
3214 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3215 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3216 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3217 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3218
3219 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3220 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3221 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3222
3223 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3224 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3225
3226 ;;;***
3227 \f
3228 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15192
3229 ;;;;;; 12207))
3230 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3231
3232 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3233 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3234 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3235 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3236 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3237 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3238 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3239 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3240
3241 ;;;***
3242 \f
3243 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3244 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3245 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15192 12231))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3247
3248 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3249 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3250 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3251 ASCII table.
3252
3253 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3254 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3255 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3256 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3257
3258 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3259 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3260 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3261
3262 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3263 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3264 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3265
3266 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3267 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3268 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3269
3270 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3271 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3272
3273 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3274 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3275 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3276
3277 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3278 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3279
3280 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3281 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3282
3283 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3284 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3285 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3286
3287 ;;;***
3288 \f
3289 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3290 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3291 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3292 ;;;;;; (15298 53573))
3293 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3294
3295 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3296 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3297 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3298 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3299 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3300 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3301 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3302 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3303
3304 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3305
3306 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3307 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3308 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3309 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3310 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3311 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3312 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3313 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3314
3315 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3316
3317 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3318 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3319 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3320 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3321 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3322 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3323
3324 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3325 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3326 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3327
3328 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3329
3330 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3331 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3332 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3333
3334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3335
3336 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3337 Send COMMAND to current process.
3338 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3339 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3340
3341 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3342 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3343 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3344 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3345
3346 ;;;***
3347 \f
3348 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15192
3349 ;;;;;; 12207))
3350 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3351
3352 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3353 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3354 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3355 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3356
3357 This command pushes the mark in each window
3358 at the prior location of point in that window.
3359 If both windows display the same buffer,
3360 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3361 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3362
3363 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3364 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3365 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3366
3367 ;;;***
3368 \f
3369 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3370 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3371 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3372 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15293 44864))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3374
3375 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3376 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3377
3378 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3379 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3380
3381 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3382 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3383 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3384 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3385 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3386
3387 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3388 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3389 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3390 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3391 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3392
3393 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3394 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3395 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3396 describing how the process finished.")
3397
3398 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3399 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3400 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3401 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3402
3403 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3404 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3405 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3406
3407 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3408 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3409 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3410 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3411
3412 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3413 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3414 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3415 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3416
3417 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3418 and move to the source code that caused it.
3419
3420 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3421 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3422
3423 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3424 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3425 Then start the next one.
3426
3427 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3428 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3429 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3430
3431 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3432 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3433 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3434 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3435 where grep found matches.
3436
3437 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3438 easily repeat a grep command.
3439
3440 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3441 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3442 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3443 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3444
3445 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3446 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3447 Collect output in a buffer.
3448 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3449 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3450
3451 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3452 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3453
3454 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3455 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3456 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3457 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3458 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3459
3460 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3461
3462 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3463 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3464 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3465 See `compilation-mode'.
3466 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3467
3468 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3469 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3470 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3471 See `compilation-mode'.
3472 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3473
3474 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3475 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3476
3477 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3478 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3479
3480 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3481 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3482 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3483 and start at the first error.
3484
3485 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3486 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3487 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3488 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3489 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3490 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3491
3492 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3493 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3494 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3495
3496 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3497 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3498 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3499
3500 ;;;***
3501 \f
3502 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3503 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3505
3506 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3507 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3508 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3510 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3511
3512 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3513
3514 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3515
3516 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3517 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3518 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3519
3520 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3521 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3522 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3523 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3524
3525 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3526 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3527 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3528 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3529
3530 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3531 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3532 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3533 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3534
3535 ;;;***
3536 \f
3537 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3538 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3539 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3540
3541 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3542 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3543
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3547 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3548 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3549 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3550 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3551
3552 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3553 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3554 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3555 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3556 `make-composition'.
3557
3558 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3559
3560 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3561 | | 1:tc or top-center
3562 | | 2:tr or top-right
3563 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3564 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3565 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3566 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3567 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3568 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3569
3570 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3571 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3572 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3573 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3574 be added.
3575
3576 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3577 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3578 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3579
3580 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3581 | | |
3582 | global| |
3583 | glyph | |
3584 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3585 +----+--*--+
3586 | | new |
3587 | |glyph|
3588 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3589 ")
3590
3591 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3592 Compose characters in the current region.
3593
3594 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3595
3596 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3597 specifying the region.
3598
3599 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3600 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3601
3602 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3603 of the text in the region.
3604
3605 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3606
3607 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3608 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3609 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3610 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3611
3612 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3613 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3614 detail.
3615
3616 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3617 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3618 text in the composition." t nil)
3619
3620 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3621 Decompose text in the current region.
3622
3623 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3624 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3625
3626 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3627 Compose characters in string STRING.
3628
3629 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3630 the characters in it.
3631
3632 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3633 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3634 STRING respectively.
3635
3636 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3637 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3638 `compose-region' for more detail.
3639
3640 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3641 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3642 text in the composition." nil nil)
3643
3644 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3645 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3646
3647 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3648 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3649 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3650 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3651 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3652 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3653 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3654 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3655
3656 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3657 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3658
3659 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3660 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3661
3662 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3663 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3664
3665 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3666 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3667
3668 If no composition is found, return nil.
3669
3670 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3671 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3672
3673 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3674 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3675 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3676
3677 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3678
3679 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3680
3681 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3682 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3683 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3684
3685 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3686
3687 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3688
3689 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3690 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3691
3692 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3693 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3694 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3695 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3696 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3697 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3698 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3699 nil.
3700
3701 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3702 is:
3703 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3704 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3705
3706 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3707
3708 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3709 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3710
3711 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3712
3713 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3714 Compose last characters.
3715 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3716 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3717 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3718 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3719 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3720 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3721 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3722 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3723 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3724 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3725 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3726
3727 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3728 Convert CHAR to string.
3729 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3730
3731 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3732 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3733 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3734
3735 ;;;***
3736 \f
3737 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3738 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3740
3741 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3742 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3743 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3744
3745 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3746 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3747 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3748
3749 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3750 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3751 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3752 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3753
3754 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3756
3757 ;;;***
3758 \f
3759 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3760 ;;;;;; (15192 12222))
3761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3762
3763 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3764 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3765 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3766 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3767 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3768 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3769
3770 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3771 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3772
3773 ;;;***
3774 \f
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3776 ;;;;;; (15192 12241))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3778
3779 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3780 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3781 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3782 Tab indents for Perl code.
3783 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3784 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3785
3786 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3787 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3788 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3789 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3790 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3791 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3792 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3793 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3794 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3795 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3796 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3797 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3798
3799 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3800
3801 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3802 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3803
3804 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3805
3806 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3807 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3808 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3809 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3810 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3811 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3812 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3813 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3814 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3815
3816 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3817
3818 bite if angry;
3819
3820 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3821 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3822 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3823 to nil.)
3824
3825 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3826 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3827 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3828
3829 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3830
3831 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3832 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3833 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3834 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3835 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3836
3837 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3838
3839 if (A) { B }
3840
3841 into
3842
3843 B if A;
3844
3845 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3846
3847 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3848 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3849 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3850 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3851 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3852 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3853 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3854 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3855 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3856 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3857 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3858 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3859 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3860
3861 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3862 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3863 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3864 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3865 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3866 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3867
3868 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3869 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3870 man via menu.
3871
3872 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3873 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3874 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3875 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3876 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3877
3878 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3879 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3880 span the needed amount of lines.
3881
3882 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3883 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3884 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3885 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3886
3887 Variables controlling indentation style:
3888 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3889 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3890 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3891 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3892 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3893 `cperl-auto-newline'
3894 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3895 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3896 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3897 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3898 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3899 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3900 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3901 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3902 `cperl-indent-level'
3903 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3904 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3905 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3906 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3907 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3908 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3909 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3910 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3911 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3912 `cperl-brace-offset'
3913 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3914 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3915 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3916 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3917 `cperl-label-offset'
3918 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3919 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3920 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3921
3922 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3923 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3924 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3925 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3926 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3927
3928 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3929 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3930 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3931 \(both available from menu).
3932
3933 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3934 column 0 is indented on
3935 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3936
3937 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3938 with no args.
3939
3940 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3941 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3942 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3943
3944 ;;;***
3945 \f
3946 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3947 ;;;;;; (15192 12242))
3948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3949
3950 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3951 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3952 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3953 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3954 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3955
3956 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3957 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3958
3959 ;;;***
3960 \f
3961 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3962 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3964
3965 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3966 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3967 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3968 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3969
3970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3971 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3972
3973 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3974
3975 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3976
3977 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3978 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3979 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3980
3981 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3982
3983 ;;;***
3984 \f
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3986 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3988
3989 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3990 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3991 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3992 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3993
3994 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3995 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3996 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3997 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3998
3999 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4000 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4001 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4002
4003 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4004 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4005 'bob', and 'eve'.
4006
4007 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4008 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4009 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4010
4011 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4012
4013 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4014 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4015 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4016
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4020 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4021 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4022 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4023 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4024 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4025 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4026 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4027 ;;;;;; (15293 43517))
4028 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4029 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4030
4031 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4032 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4033
4034 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4035 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4036
4037 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4038 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4039
4040 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4043 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4044
4045 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4046 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4047
4048 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4049 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4050
4051 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4052 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4053
4054 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4055 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4056
4057 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4058
4059 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4060 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4061 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4062 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4063
4064 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4065 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4066
4067 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4068 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4069
4070 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4071 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4072
4073 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4074
4075 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4076 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4077 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4078 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4079 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4080
4081 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4082 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4083
4084 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4085 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4086
4087 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4088
4089 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4090 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4091
4092 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4093 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4094 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4095 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4096 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4097
4098 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4099 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4100 version." t nil)
4101
4102 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4103
4104 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4105 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4106 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4107
4108 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4109 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4110 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4111
4112 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4113 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4114
4115 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4116 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4117
4118 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4119 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4120
4121 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4122 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4123 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4124 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4125 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4126 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4127 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4128
4129 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4130 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4131 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4132
4133 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4134 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4135
4136 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4137 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4138
4139 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4140 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4141 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4142 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4143 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4144 that option." nil nil)
4145
4146 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4147 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4148 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4149 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4150 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4151 that option." nil nil)
4152
4153 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4154 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4155
4156 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4157 File used for storing customization information.
4158 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4159 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4160 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4161
4162 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4163 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4164 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4165 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4166
4167 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4168 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4169
4170 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4171 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4172
4173 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4174 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4175 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4176
4177 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4178 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4179 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4180 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4181 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4182
4183 ;;;***
4184 \f
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4186 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15293 43517))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4188
4189 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4190 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4191
4192 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4193 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4194 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4195
4196 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4197
4198 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4199 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4200 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4201
4202 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4203
4204 ;;;***
4205 \f
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4207 ;;;;;; (14910 483))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4209
4210 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4211 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4212
4213 ;;;***
4214 \f
4215 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4216 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15192 12242))
4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4218
4219 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4220 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4221
4222 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4223 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4224 C++ modes are included.
4225
4226 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4227
4228 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4229 Turn on CWarn mode.
4230
4231 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4232 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4233
4234 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4235 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4236
4237 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4238
4239 ;;;***
4240 \f
4241 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4242 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4243 ;;;;;; (15192 12234))
4244 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4245
4246 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4247 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4248
4249 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4250 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4251
4252 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4253 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4254 For readability, the table is slightly
4255 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4256
4257 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4258 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4259 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4260 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4261 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4262
4263 ;;;***
4264 \f
4265 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4266 ;;;;;; (15155 16524))
4267 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4268
4269 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4270
4271 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4272
4273 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4274 Completion on current word.
4275 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4276 and presents suggestions for completion.
4277
4278 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4279 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4280 completions.
4281
4282 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4283 then it searches *all* buffers.
4284
4285 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4286 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4287
4288 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4289 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4290
4291 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4292 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4293 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4294 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4295 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4296
4297 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4298 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4299
4300 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4301 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4302 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4303
4304 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4305 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4306
4307 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4308
4309 ;;;***
4310 \f
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15054
4312 ;;;;;; 32604))
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4314
4315 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4316 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4317
4318 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4319 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4320 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4321
4322 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4323 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4324 Data lines are not indented.
4325
4326 Key bindings:
4327
4328 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4329 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4330
4331 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4332 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4333 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4334 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4335
4336 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4337
4338 dcl-basic-offset
4339 Extra indentation within blocks.
4340
4341 dcl-continuation-offset
4342 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4343
4344 dcl-margin-offset
4345 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4346
4347 dcl-margin-label-offset
4348 Indentation for a label.
4349
4350 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4351 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4352
4353 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4354 dcl-block-end-regexp
4355 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4356 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4357 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4358 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4359 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4360
4361 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4362 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4363 Two such functions are included in the package:
4364 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4365 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4366
4367 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4368 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4369 One such function is included in the package:
4370 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4371
4372 dcl-tab-always-indent
4373 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4374 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4375 margin.
4376
4377 dcl-electric-characters
4378 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4379 typed.
4380
4381 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4382 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4383 which words trigger electric indentation.
4384
4385 dcl-tempo-comma
4386 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4387 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4388 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4389
4390 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4391 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4392 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4393 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4394
4395 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4396 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4397 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4398 dcl-imenu-label-call
4399 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4400
4401 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4402 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4403 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4404 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4405
4406
4407 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4408
4409 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4410 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4411 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4412 $ i = 1
4413 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4414 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4415 $ label:
4416 $ if i.eq.1
4417 $ then
4418 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4419 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4420 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4421 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4422 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4423 \"lined up with the command line\"
4424 $ type sys$input
4425 Data lines are not indented at all.
4426 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4427 $ endif
4428 $
4429 " t nil)
4430
4431 ;;;***
4432 \f
4433 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4434 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4436
4437 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4438
4439 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4440 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4441 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4442 of the evaluator.
4443
4444 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4445 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4446 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4447
4448 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4449 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4450 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4451 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4452 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4453 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4454 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4455
4456 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4457 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4458 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4459
4460 ;;;***
4461 \f
4462 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4463 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4465
4466 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4467 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4468
4469 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4470 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4471 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4472 Upper-case letters are commands.
4473
4474 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4475 modify it.
4476
4477 The most useful commands are:
4478 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4479 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4480 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4481 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4482 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4483 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4484
4485 ;;;***
4486 \f
4487 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4488 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15192
4489 ;;;;;; 12208))
4490 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4491
4492 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4493 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4494
4495 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4496 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4497
4498 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4499
4500 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4501 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4502
4503 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4504
4505 ;;;***
4506 \f
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15192
4508 ;;;;;; 12242))
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4510
4511 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4512 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4513 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4514 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4515 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4516 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4517
4518 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4519
4520 Customization:
4521
4522 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4523 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4524 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4525 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4526 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4527 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4528 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4529 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4530 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4531 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4532 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4533 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4534 blank line.
4535 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4536 Directories to search when finding external units.
4537 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4538 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4539
4540 Coloring:
4541
4542 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4543 Face used to color delphi comments.
4544 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4545 Face used to color delphi strings.
4546 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4547 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4548 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4549 Face used to color everything else.
4550
4551 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4552 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4553
4554 ;;;***
4555 \f
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15209
4557 ;;;;;; 13374))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4559
4560 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4561
4562 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4563 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4564 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4566 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4567
4568 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4569
4570 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4571
4572 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4573 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4574 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4575 positive.
4576
4577 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4578 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4579 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4580 any selection." t nil)
4581
4582 ;;;***
4583 \f
4584 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4585 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15293 42332))
4586 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4587
4588 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4589 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4590
4591 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4592
4593 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4594 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4595 or nil if there is no parent.
4596 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4597 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4598 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4599 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4600 hooks for the new mode.
4601
4602 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4603
4604 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4605
4606 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4607 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4608 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4609
4610 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4611 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4612
4613 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4614 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4615 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4616
4617 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4618 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4619
4620 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4621 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4622 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4623 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4624 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4625
4626 ;;;***
4627 \f
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4629 ;;;;;; (15225 9712))
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4631
4632 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4633 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4634 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4635
4636 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4637 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4638 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4639 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4640
4641 ;;;***
4642 \f
4643 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4644 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4645 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4646 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4647 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4648 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4649 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4650 ;;;;;; (15192 12234))
4651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4652
4653 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4654 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4655 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4656
4657 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4658 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4659 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4660
4661 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4662 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4663 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4664 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4665
4666 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4667 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4668 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4669 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4670
4671 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4672 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4673
4674 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4675 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4676 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4677
4678 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4679 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4680
4681 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4682
4683 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4684
4685 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4688 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4689
4690 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4691
4692 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4693 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4694
4695 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4696
4697 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4698
4699 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4700
4701 ;;;***
4702 \f
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (15293 58088))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4706
4707 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4708 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4709 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4710 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4711 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4712
4713 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4714 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4715 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4716
4717 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4718 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4719 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4720 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4721
4722 #!/bin/sh
4723 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4724 emacs -batch \\
4725 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4726 european-calendar-style t \\
4727 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4728 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4729 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4730
4731 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4732 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4733 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4734 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4735
4736 ;;;***
4737 \f
4738 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4739 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15223 37888))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4741
4742 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4743 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4744
4745 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4746 *The command to use to run diff.")
4747
4748 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4749 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4750 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4751 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4752 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4753
4754 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4755 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4756 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4757 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4758 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4759
4760 ;;;***
4761 \f
4762 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4763 ;;;;;; (15279 8859))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4765
4766 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4767 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4768 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4769 normal diffs.
4770 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4771
4772 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4773 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4774 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4775
4776 ;;;***
4777 \f
4778 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4779 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4780 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4781 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4782 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15279 8859))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4784
4785 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4786 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4787 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4788 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4789 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4790
4791 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4792 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4793
4794 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4795 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4796 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4797 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4798 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4799
4800 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4801 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4802
4803 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4804 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4805 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4806 always set this variable to t.")
4807
4808 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4809 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4810 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4811 A value of t means move to first file.")
4812
4813 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4814 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4815 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4816 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4817 are afterward marked with that character.")
4818
4819 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4820 *Controls marking of copied files.
4821 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4822 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4823
4824 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4825 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4826 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4827 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4828
4829 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4830 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4831 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4832 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4833
4834 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4835 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4836 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4837 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4838
4839 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4840
4841 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4842 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4843 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4844 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4845
4846 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4847 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4848 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4849 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4850 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4851 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4852 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4853 list of files to make directory entries for.
4854 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4855 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4856 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4857 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4858
4859 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4860 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4861
4862 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4863 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4864 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4865
4866 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4867 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4868
4869 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4870 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4871
4872 ;;;***
4873 \f
4874 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4875 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4876 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4877 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4878 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4879 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4880 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4881 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4882 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4883 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4884 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4885 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4886 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15279 8859))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4888
4889 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4890 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4891 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4892 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4893 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4894 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4895 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4896
4897 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4898 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4899 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4900 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4901 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4902 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4903
4904 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4905 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4906 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4907
4908 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4909 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4910
4911 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4912 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4913
4914 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4915 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4916 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4917 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4918
4919 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4920 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4921 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4922 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4923 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4924
4925 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4926
4927 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4928 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4929 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4930
4931 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4932 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4933 instead of at the end of the command.
4934
4935 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4936 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4937 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4938
4939 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4940 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4941
4942 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4943 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4944
4945 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4946 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4947 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4948 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4949 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4950 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4951
4952 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4955 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4956
4957 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4958 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4959
4960 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4961 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4962
4963 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4964 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4965 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4966 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4967
4968 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4969
4970 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4971
4972 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4973
4974 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4977
4978 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4979 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4980
4981 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4982 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4983 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4984 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4985 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4986 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4987 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4988 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4989 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4990
4991 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4992 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4993 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4994 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4995 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4996 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4997 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4998 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4999
5000 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5001 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5002 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5003 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5004 and new hard links are made in that directory
5005 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5006 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5007 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5008
5009 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5010 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5011 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5012 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5013 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5014 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5015
5016 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5017 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5018
5019 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5020 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5021 file if none are marked.
5022
5023 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5024 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5025 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5026 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5027
5028 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5029 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5030
5031 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5032 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5033 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5034
5035 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5036 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5037 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5038
5039 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5040 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5041 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5042
5043 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5044 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5045
5046 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5047 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5048
5049 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5050 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5051 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5052 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5053 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5054 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5055 this subdirectory.
5056 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5057
5058 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5059 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5060 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5061 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5062 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5063 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5064 this subdirectory.
5065 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5066
5067 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5068 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5069 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5070
5071 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5072 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5073 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5074 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5075
5076 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5077 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5078 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5079 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5080
5081 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5082 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5083 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5084
5085 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5086 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5087
5088 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5089 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5090
5091 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5092 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5093 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5094 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5095
5096 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5097 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5098 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5099 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5100
5101 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5102 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5103 Stops when a match is found.
5104 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5105
5106 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5107 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5108 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5109 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5110 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5111
5112 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5113 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5114 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5115 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5116
5117 ;;;***
5118 \f
5119 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15246 17699))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5121
5122 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5123 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5124 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5125 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5126 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5127 buffer and try again." t nil)
5128
5129 ;;;***
5130 \f
5131 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15054 32525))
5132 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5133
5134 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5135 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5136 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5137
5138 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5139
5140 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5141 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5142
5143 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5144 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5145 " nil nil)
5146
5147 ;;;***
5148 \f
5149 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5150 ;;;;;; 9615))
5151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5152
5153 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5154 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5155 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5156 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5157 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5158 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5159
5160 ;;;***
5161 \f
5162 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5163 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5164 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5165 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5166 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15192 12208))
5167 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5168
5169 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5170 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5171
5172 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5173 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5174 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5175 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5176 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5177
5178 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5179 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5180 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5181 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5182 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5183
5184 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5185 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5186
5187 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5188 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5189
5190 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5191 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5192
5193 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5194 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5195
5196 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5197 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5198
5199 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5200 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5201 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5202 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5203
5204 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5205 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5206 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5207 X frame." nil nil)
5208
5209 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5210 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5211
5212 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5213 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5214
5215 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5216 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5217
5218 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5219 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5220 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5221 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5222
5223 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5224 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5225 European character display.
5226
5227 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5228 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5229 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5230 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5231
5232 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5233 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5234 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5235 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5236 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5237
5238 ;;;***
5239 \f
5240 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5241 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
5242 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5243
5244 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5245 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5246 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5247 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5248 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5249 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5250 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5251 Default is 2." t nil)
5252
5253 ;;;***
5254 \f
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15192 12238))
5256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5257
5258 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5259 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5260
5261 ;;;***
5262 \f
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5264 ;;;;;; (15192 12208))
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5266
5267 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5268 Toggle Double mode.
5269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5270 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5271
5272 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5273
5274 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5275
5276 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5277 Toggle Double mode.
5278 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5279
5280 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5281 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5282
5283 ;;;***
5284 \f
5285 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15192 12238))
5286 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5287
5288 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5289 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5290
5291 ;;;***
5292 \f
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5294 ;;;;;; (15232 65306))
5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5296
5297 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5298 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5299
5300 ;;;***
5301 \f
5302 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5303 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15223 37895))
5305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5306
5307 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5308
5309 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5310 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5311 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5312 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5313
5314 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5315 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5316 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5317 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5318 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5319 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5320 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5321 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5322 used (see below).
5323
5324 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5325 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5326 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5327 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5328 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5329 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5330 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5331 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5332 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5333
5334 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5335 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5336 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5337 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5338 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5339 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5340
5341 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5342 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5343 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5344 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5345 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5346 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5347 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5348
5349 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5350
5351 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5352 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5353 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5354
5355 ;;;***
5356 \f
5357 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5358 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15192
5359 ;;;;;; 12223))
5360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5361
5362 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5363
5364 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5365 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5366 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5367 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5368
5369 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5370 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5371
5372 :filter FUNCTION
5373
5374 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5375 menu displayed.
5376
5377 :visible INCLUDE
5378
5379 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5380 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5381
5382 :active ENABLE
5383
5384 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5385 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5386
5387 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5388
5389 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5390
5391 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5392
5393 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5394 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5395
5396 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5397 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5398
5399 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5400
5401 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5402
5403 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5404
5405 :keys KEYS
5406
5407 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5408 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5409 computed automatically.
5410 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5411
5412 :key-sequence KEYS
5413
5414 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5415 menu item.
5416 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5417 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5418 keyboard equivalent.
5419
5420 :active ENABLE
5421
5422 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5423 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5424
5425 :included INCLUDE
5426
5427 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5428 expression has a non-nil value.
5429
5430 :suffix FORM
5431
5432 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5433 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5434
5435 :style STYLE
5436
5437 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5438 defined:
5439
5440 toggle: A checkbox.
5441 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5442 radio: A radio button.
5443 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5444 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5445 menu bar itself.
5446 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5447
5448 :selected SELECTED
5449
5450 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5451 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5452
5453 :help HELP
5454
5455 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5456
5457 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5458 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5459 as a solid horizontal line.
5460
5461 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5462
5463 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5464
5465 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5466 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5467 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5468 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5469
5470 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5471 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5472 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5473 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5474 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5475 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5476
5477 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5478 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5479 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5480
5481 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5482 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5483
5484 ;;;***
5485 \f
5486 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5487 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5488 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5489 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5490 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15281 51220))
5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5492
5493 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5494 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5495
5496 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5497 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5498
5499 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5500 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5501 it to the printer.
5502
5503 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5504 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5505 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5506 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5507
5508 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5509 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5510 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5511
5512 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5513 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5514 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5515 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5516
5517 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5518
5519 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5520 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5521 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5522
5523 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5524
5525 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5526 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5527
5528 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5529 The EPS file name has the following form:
5530
5531 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5532
5533 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5534 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5535
5536 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5537 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5538 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5539 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5540
5541 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5542
5543 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5544 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5545
5546 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5547 The EPS file name has the following form:
5548
5549 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5550
5551 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5552 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5553
5554 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5555 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5556 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5557 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5558
5559 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5560
5561 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5562
5563 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5564 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5565
5566 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5567 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5568
5569 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5570 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5571
5572 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5573 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5574
5575 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5576 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5577
5578 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5579 Set STYLE to current style.
5580
5581 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5582
5583 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5584 Reset current style.
5585
5586 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5587
5588 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5589 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5590
5591 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5592
5593 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5594 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5595
5596 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5597
5598 ;;;***
5599 \f
5600 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5601 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5602 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5603 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5604 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5605 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15192 12243))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5607
5608 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5609 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5610 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5611 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5612 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5613 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5614
5615 Tree mode key bindings:
5616 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5617
5618 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5619 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5620
5621 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5622 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5623 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5624 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5625 completion." t nil)
5626
5627 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5628 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5629 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5630 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5631
5632 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5633 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5634 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5635
5636 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5637 Search for call sites of a member.
5638 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5639 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5640 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5641 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5642
5643 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5644 Move backward in the position stack.
5645 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5646
5647 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5648 Move forward in the position stack.
5649 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5650
5651 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5652 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5653
5654 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5655 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5656
5657 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5658 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5659 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5660 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5661
5662 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5663 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5664
5665 ;;;***
5666 \f
5667 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5668 ;;;;;; (15238 19581))
5669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5670
5671 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5672 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5673 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5674 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5675
5676 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5677 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5678 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5679
5680 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5681 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5682 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5683
5684 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5685
5686 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5687
5688 ;;;***
5689 \f
5690 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5691 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15192 12208))
5692 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5693
5694 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5695 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5696 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5697
5698 ;;;***
5699 \f
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5701 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15292 25969))
5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5703
5704 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5705 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5706 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5707 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5708 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5709
5710 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5711 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5712 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5713 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5714
5715 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5716 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5717 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5718 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5719
5720 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5721 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5722 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5723 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5724
5725 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5726
5727 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5728 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5729 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5730 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5731 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5732
5733 ;;;***
5734 \f
5735 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5736 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5737 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5738 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5739 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5740 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5741 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5742 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5743 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5744 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15195 56516))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5746
5747 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5748 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5749
5750 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5751 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5752
5753 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5754
5755 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5756
5757 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5758 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5759
5760 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5761
5762 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5763 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5764
5765 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5766
5767 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5768 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5769 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5770 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5771
5772 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5773
5774 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5775 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5776 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5777 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5778
5779 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5780
5781 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5782 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5783 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5784 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5785
5786 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5787
5788 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5789 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5790 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5791 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5792
5793 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5794
5795 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5796 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5797 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5798 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5799 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5800 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5801
5802 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5803 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5804 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5805 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5806
5807 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5808
5809 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5810 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5811 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5812 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5813
5814 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5815
5816 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5817
5818 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5819 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5820 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5821 follows:
5822 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5823 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5824
5825 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5826 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5827 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5828 follows:
5829 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5830 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5831
5832 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5833 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5834 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5835 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5836 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5837
5838 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5839 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5840 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5841 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5842 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5843 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5844
5845 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5846
5847 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5848 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5849
5850 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5851 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5852
5853 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5854
5855 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5856 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5859 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5860
5861 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5862 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5863 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5864 buffer." t nil)
5865
5866 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5867 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5868 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5869 buffer." t nil)
5870
5871 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5872 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5873 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5874 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5875
5876 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5877 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5878 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5879 and don't ask the user.
5880 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5881 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5882
5883 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5884 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5885 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5886 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5887 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5888 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5889
5890 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5891
5892 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5893
5894 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5895 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5896 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5897 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5898 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5899
5900 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5901
5902 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5903 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5904 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5905
5906 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5907 Display Ediff's manual.
5908 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5909
5910 ;;;***
5911 \f
5912 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5913 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5915
5916 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15192 12209))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5922
5923 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5924
5925 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5926
5927 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5928
5929 ;;;***
5930 \f
5931 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5932 ;;;;;; (15292 25968))
5933 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5934
5935 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5936 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5937
5938 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5939
5940 ;;;***
5941 \f
5942 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5943 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15195 56516))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5945
5946 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5947 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5948 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5949 which see." t nil)
5950
5951 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5952 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5953 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5954 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5955
5956 ;;;***
5957 \f
5958 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5959 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5960 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
5961 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5962 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5963
5964 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5965 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5966 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5967
5968 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5969 Edit a keyboard macro.
5970 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5971 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5972 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5973 its command name.
5974 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5975
5976 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5977 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5978
5979 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5980 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5983 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5984 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5985 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5986 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5987 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5988
5989 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5990 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5991 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5992 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5993
5994 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5995 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5996 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5997 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5998 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5999 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6000
6001 ;;;***
6002 \f
6003 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6004 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15192 12224))
6005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6006
6007 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6008 Set scroll margins.
6009 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6010 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6011
6012 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6013 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6014
6015 ;;;***
6016 \f
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6018 ;;;;;; (15054 32526))
6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6020
6021 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6022 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6023 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6024 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6025 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6026 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6027 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6028 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6029
6030 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6031 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6032
6033 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6034 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6035 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6036 this value is non-nil.
6037
6038 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6039 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6040 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6041
6042 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6043 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6044 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6045
6046 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6047
6048 ;;;***
6049 \f
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
6051 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
6052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6053
6054 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
6055 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6056
6057 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6058 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6059 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6060 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6061 from the documentation string if possible.
6062
6063 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6064 instead.
6065
6066 This variable is buffer-local.")
6067
6068 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6069 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
6070
6071 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
6072
6073 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6074 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
6075 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
6076
6077 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
6078 of the mode.
6079 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
6080 the mode, respectively." t nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6083 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6084
6085 ;;;***
6086 \f
6087 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15192
6088 ;;;;;; 12209))
6089 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6090
6091 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6092 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6093
6094 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6095 an elided material again.
6096
6097 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6098
6099 ;;;***
6100 \f
6101 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6102 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
6103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6104
6105 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6106 Initialize elint." t nil)
6107
6108 ;;;***
6109 \f
6110 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6111 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15192
6112 ;;;;;; 12223))
6113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6114
6115 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6116 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6117 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6118
6119 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6120 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6121 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6122
6123 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6124 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6125 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6126
6127 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6128
6129 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6130 Display current profiling results.
6131 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6132 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6133 displayed." t nil)
6134
6135 ;;;***
6136 \f
6137 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6138 ;;;;;; (15251 11795))
6139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6140
6141 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6142 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6143 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6144
6145 ;;;***
6146 \f
6147 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6148 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6149 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6150 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6151 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15192 12209))
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6153
6154 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6155
6156 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6157
6158 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6159
6160 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6161
6162 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6163
6164 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6165
6166 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6167
6168 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6169
6170 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6171
6172 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6173 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6176 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6177
6178 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6179 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6180
6181 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6182 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6183
6184 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6185
6186 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6187
6188 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6189
6190 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6191
6192 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6193 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6194
6195 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6196 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6197
6198 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6199
6200 ;;;***
6201 \f
6202 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6203 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
6204 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6205
6206 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6207 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6208 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6209
6210 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6211 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6212 automatically.
6213
6214 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6215 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6216 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6217
6218 ;;;***
6219 \f
6220 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6221 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14886 12681))
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6223
6224 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6225 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6226 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6227 text/enriched format.
6228 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6229
6230 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6231 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6232
6233 Commands:
6234
6235 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6236
6237 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6238
6239 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6240
6241 ;;;***
6242 \f
6243 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15192
6244 ;;;;;; 12227))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6246
6247 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6248 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6249
6250 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6251
6252 ;;;***
6253 \f
6254 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15192
6255 ;;;;;; 12228))
6256 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6257
6258 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6259 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6260
6261 ;;;***
6262 \f
6263 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6264 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15192 12228))
6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6266
6267 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6268 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6269 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6270 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6271 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6272 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6273 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6274
6275 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6276 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6277 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6280 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6281 The result might be any Lisp object.
6282 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6283 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6284 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6285
6286 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6287 Report a bug in Eshell.
6288 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6289 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6290
6291 ;;;***
6292 \f
6293 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6294 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6295 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6296 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6297 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6298 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6299 ;;;;;; (15128 5314))
6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6301
6302 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6303 *File name of tags table.
6304 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6305 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6306 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6307 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6308
6309 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6310 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6311 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6312 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6313
6314 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6315 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6316 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6317 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6318 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6319 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6320
6321 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6322 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6323 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6324 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6325 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6326 `auto-compression-mode').")
6327
6328 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6329 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6330 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6331 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6332 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6333
6334 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6335 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6336 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6337 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6338
6339 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6340 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6341 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6342 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6343 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6344
6345 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6346 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6347 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6348 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6349
6350 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6351 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6352 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6353 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6354 file the tag was in." t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6357 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6358 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6359 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6360 without directory names." nil nil)
6361
6362 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6363 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6364 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6365 but does not select the buffer.
6366 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6367
6368 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6369 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6370 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6371 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6372 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6373
6374 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6375
6376 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6377 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6378 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6379
6380 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6381
6382 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6383 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6384 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6385 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6386
6387 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6388 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6389 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6390 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6391 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6392
6393 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6394
6395 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6396 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6397 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6398
6399 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6400 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6401
6402 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6403 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6404 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6405 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6406 around or before point.
6407
6408 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6409 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6410 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6411 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6412 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6413
6414 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6415
6416 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6417 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6418 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6419
6420 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6421 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6422
6423 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6424 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6425 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6426 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6427 around or before point.
6428
6429 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6430 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6431 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6432 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6433 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6434
6435 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6436
6437 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6438 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6439 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6440
6441 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6442 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6443
6444 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6445 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6446 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6447
6448 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6449 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6450 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6451 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6452 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6453
6454 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6455
6456 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6457 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6458 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6459
6460 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6461 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6462 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6463
6464 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6465 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6466
6467 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6468 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6469 where they were found." t nil)
6470
6471 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6472 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6473
6474 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6475 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6476 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6477
6478 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6479 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6480
6481 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6482 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6483
6484 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6485 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6486 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6487 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6488
6489 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6490 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6491 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6492 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6493 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6494 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6495
6496 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6497 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6498 Stops when a match is found.
6499 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6500
6501 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6502
6503 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6504 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6505 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6506 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6507 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6508
6509 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6510
6511 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6512 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6513 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6514 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6515 directory specification." t nil)
6516
6517 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6518 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6519
6520 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6521 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6522 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6523 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6524
6525 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6526 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6527 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6528 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6529 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6530
6531 ;;;***
6532 \f
6533 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6534 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6535 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6536 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6537 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6538 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6539 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6540 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15192 12234))
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6542
6543 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6544
6545 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6546 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6547 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6548 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6549
6550 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6551 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6552 language.
6553
6554 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6555 even if the buffer is read-only.
6556
6557 See also the descriptions of the variables
6558 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6559 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6560
6561 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6562 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6563
6564 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6565 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6566
6567 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6568 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6569 language.
6570
6571 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6572 buffer is read-only.
6573
6574 See also the descriptions of the variables
6575 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6576 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6577
6578 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6579 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6580 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6581
6582 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6583 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6584
6585 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6586 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6587
6588 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6589 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6590
6591 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6592 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6593 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6594 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6595
6596 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6597 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6598 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6599 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6600
6601 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6602 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6603 the primary language.
6604
6605 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6606 buffer is read-only.
6607
6608 See also the descriptions of the variables
6609 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6610 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6611
6612 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6613 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6614 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6615 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6616
6617 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6618 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6619 primary language.
6620
6621 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6622 buffer is read-only.
6623
6624 See also the descriptions of the variables
6625 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6626 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6627
6628 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6629 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6630 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6631
6632 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6633 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6634
6635 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6636 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6637 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6638 3) convert the body into SERA.
6639
6640 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6641
6642 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6643 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6644 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6645
6646 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6647 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6648
6649 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6650 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6651
6652 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6653 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6654 be 1, 2, or 3.
6655
6656 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6657 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6658 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6659
6660 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6661
6662 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6663 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6664
6665 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6666 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6667 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6668
6669 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6670 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6671
6672 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6673 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6674
6675 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6676 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6677
6678 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6679 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6680
6681 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6682 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6683
6684 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6685 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6686
6687 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6688 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6689
6690 ;;;***
6691 \f
6692 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6693 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6694 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6696
6697 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6698 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6699 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6700 server for future sessions." t nil)
6701
6702 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6703 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6704
6705 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6706 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6707
6708 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6709 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6710 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6711 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6712 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6713 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6714 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6715 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6716 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6717 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6718 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6719 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6720
6721 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6722 Display a form to query the directory server.
6723 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6724 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6725
6726 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6727 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6728 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6729
6730 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6731
6732 ;;;***
6733 \f
6734 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6735 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6736 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15192 12237))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6738
6739 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6740 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6741
6742 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6743 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6744
6745 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6746 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6747
6748 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6749 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6750
6751 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6752 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6753
6754 ;;;***
6755 \f
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6757 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15192 12237))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6759
6760 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6761 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6762 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6763
6764 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6765 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6766
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6770 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6772
6773 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6774 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6775
6776 ;;;***
6777 \f
6778 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6779 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6780 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15223 37897))
6781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6782
6783 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6784 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6785 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6786
6787 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6788 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6789 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6790 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6791 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6792 executable." t nil)
6793
6794 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6795 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6796 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6797
6798 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6799 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6800 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6801 file modes." nil nil)
6802
6803 ;;;***
6804 \f
6805 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6806 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15192 12210))
6807 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6808
6809 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6810 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6811 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6812 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6813
6814 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6815
6816 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6817 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6818 to generate such functions.
6819
6820 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6821 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6822 beginning of the expanded text.
6823
6824 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6825 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6826 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6827 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6828
6829 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6830
6831 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6832 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6833 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6834
6835 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6836 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6837 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6838 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6839 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6840
6841 ;;;***
6842 \f
6843 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 38001))
6844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6845
6846 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6847 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6848
6849 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6850 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6851 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6852
6853 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6854
6855 Key definitions:
6856 \\{f90-mode-map}
6857
6858 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6859
6860 f90-do-indent
6861 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6862 f90-if-indent
6863 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6864 f90-type-indent
6865 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6866 f90-program-indent
6867 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6868 (default 2)
6869 f90-continuation-indent
6870 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6871 f90-comment-region
6872 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6873 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6874 f90-indented-comment-re
6875 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6876 (default \"!\")
6877 f90-directive-comment-re
6878 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6879 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6880 f90-break-delimiters
6881 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6882 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6883 f90-break-before-delimiters
6884 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6885 (default t)
6886 f90-beginning-ampersand
6887 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6888 f90-smart-end
6889 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6890 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6891 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6892 f90-auto-keyword-case
6893 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6894 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6895 f90-leave-line-no
6896 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6897 f90-startup-message
6898 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6899 f90-keywords-re
6900 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6901
6902 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6903 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6904
6905 ;;;***
6906 \f
6907 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6908 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6909 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6910 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6911 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6912 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6913 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6914 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6915
6916 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6917 Menu keymap for faces.")
6918
6919 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6920
6921 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6922 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6923
6924 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6925
6926 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6927 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6928
6929 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6930
6931 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6932 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6933
6934 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6935
6936 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6937 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6938
6939 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6940
6941 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6942 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6943
6944 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6945
6946 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6947 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6948
6949 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6950
6951 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6952
6953 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6954
6955 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6956
6957 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6958 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6959 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6960 will not show through at all will be removed.
6961
6962 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6963
6964 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6965 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6966
6967 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6968 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6969 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6970
6971 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6972 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6973 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6974 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6975 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6976 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6977 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6978 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6979
6980 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6981 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6982 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6983 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6984 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6985 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6986 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6987 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6988
6989 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6990 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6991 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6992 is the menu item's name.
6993
6994 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6995 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6996
6997 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6998 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6999 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7000
7001 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7002 Make the region invisible.
7003 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7004 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7005
7006 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7007 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7008 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7009 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7010
7011 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7012 Make the region unmodifiable.
7013 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7014 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7015
7016 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7017 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7018
7019 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7020 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7021
7022 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7023 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7024 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7025
7026 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
7027 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
7028
7029 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7030 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7031
7032 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7033 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7034 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7035 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7036 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7037
7038 ;;;***
7039 \f
7040 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7041 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15192 12210))
7042 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7043
7044 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7045 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7046 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7047 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7048
7049 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7050
7051 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7052 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7053 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7054
7055 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7056 - When you save the file's buffer.
7057 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7058 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7059 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7060 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7061
7062 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7063
7064 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7065 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7066 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7067 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7068
7069 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7070 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7071
7072 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7073
7074 ;;;***
7075 \f
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7077 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7078 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15292 25972))
7079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7080
7081 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7082 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7083 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7084 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7085
7086 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7087 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7088
7089 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7090 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7091 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7092 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7095 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7096 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7097 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7098 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7099
7100 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7101 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7102 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7103 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7104 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7105 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7106 internally by feedmail):
7107
7108 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7109 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7110 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7111 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7112
7113 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7114 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7115 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7116 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7117 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7118
7119 ;;;***
7120 \f
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7122 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15155 16525))
7123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7124
7125 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7126 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7127 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7128 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7129 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7130 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7131 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7134 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7135 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7136 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7137 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7138 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7139 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7140
7141 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7142 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7145 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7146 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7147 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7148 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7149 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7152 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7153 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7154 Return value:
7155 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7156 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7157 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7158
7159 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7160 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7161
7162 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7163 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7164
7165 ;;;***
7166 \f
7167 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7168 ;;;;;; (14887 35754))
7169 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7170
7171 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7172 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7173 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7174 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7175 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7176 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7177 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7178 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7179 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7180 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7181
7182 ;;;***
7183 \f
7184 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7185 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15192 12210))
7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7187
7188 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7189 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7190 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7191 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7192 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7193
7194 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7195 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7196 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7197 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7198
7199 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7200 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7201 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7202
7203 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7204
7205 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7206 as the final argument." t nil)
7207
7208 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7209 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7210 and run dired on those files.
7211 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7212 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7213
7214 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7217 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7218 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7219
7220 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7221
7222 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7223
7224 ;;;***
7225 \f
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7227 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7228 ;;;;;; (15173 51739))
7229 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7230
7231 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7232 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7233 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7234
7235 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7238 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7239 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7240
7241 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7242 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7243
7244 Variables of interest include:
7245
7246 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7247 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7248 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7249
7250 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7251 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7252 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7253
7254 - `ff-ignore-include'
7255 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7256
7257 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7258 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7259
7260 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7261 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7262
7263 - `ff-special-constructs'
7264 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7265 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7266 extracting the filename from that construct.
7267
7268 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7269 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7270
7271 - `ff-search-directories'
7272 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7273 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7274
7275 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7276 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7277
7278 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7279 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7280
7281 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7282 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7283
7284 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7285 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7286
7287 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7288 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7289
7290 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7291 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7294 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7295
7296 ;;;***
7297 \f
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7299 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7300 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7301 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7302 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7303 ;;;;;; (15199 61891))
7304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7305
7306 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7307 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7308
7309 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7310 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7311 not selected.
7312
7313 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7314 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7315 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7316
7317 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7318 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7319
7320 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7321 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7322 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7323 it is one of the current buffers.
7324
7325 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7326 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7327 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7328
7329 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7330 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7331
7332 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7335 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7336
7337 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7338
7339 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7340 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7341
7342 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7343 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7344 not selected.
7345
7346 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7347 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7348
7349 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7350 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7351
7352 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7353 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7354 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7355 it is one of the current buffers.
7356
7357 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7358 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7359 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7362 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7363
7364 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7365
7366 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7367 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7368
7369 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7370
7371 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7372 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7373 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7376 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7377
7378 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7379 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7380
7381 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7382 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7383
7384 ;;;***
7385 \f
7386 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7387 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15192 12210))
7388 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7389
7390 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7391 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7394 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7397 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7398
7399 ;;;***
7400 \f
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7402 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15192 12210))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7404
7405 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7406 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7409 Display FILE's commentary section.
7410 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7413 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7414
7415 ;;;***
7416 \f
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7418 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7420
7421 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7422 Toggle flow control handling.
7423 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7424 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7427 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7428 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7429 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7430 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7431 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7432
7433 ;;;***
7434 \f
7435 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7436 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7437 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15279 11558))
7438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7439
7440 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7441 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7442 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7443
7444 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7445 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7446
7447 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7448
7449 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7450 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7451 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7452 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7453 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7454 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7455
7456 Bindings:
7457 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7458 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7459 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7460
7461 Hooks:
7462 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7463
7464 Remark:
7465 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7466 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7467 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7468
7469 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7470 consider adding:
7471 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7472 in your .emacs file.
7473
7474 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7475
7476 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7477
7478 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7479
7480 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7481 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7482
7483 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7484 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7487 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7488
7489 ;;;***
7490 \f
7491 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7492 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7493 ;;;;;; (15192 12210))
7494 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7495
7496 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7497 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7500 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7501
7502 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7503 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7504
7505 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7506 of two major techniques:
7507
7508 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7509 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7510 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7511
7512 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7513 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7514 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7515 movement commands.
7516
7517 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7518 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7519 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7520 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7521 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7522 mileage may vary).
7523
7524 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7525 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7526
7527 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7528
7529 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7530 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7531 \(This is the default.)
7532
7533 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7534 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7535
7536 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7537 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7538
7539 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7540 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7541
7542 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7543 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7544 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7545 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7546 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7547 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7548
7549 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7550 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7551 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7552
7553 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7554 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7555 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7556
7557 ;;;***
7558 \f
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7560 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7561 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15280 18506))
7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7563
7564 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7565
7566 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7567 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7568 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7569 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7570 Lock on.
7571 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7572
7573 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7574
7575 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7576 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7577 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7578 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7579
7580 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7581 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7582
7583 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7584 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7585
7586 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7587
7588 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7589 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7590 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7591
7592 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7593
7594 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7595 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7596 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7597 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7598 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7599 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7600
7601 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7602 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7603
7604 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7605 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7606
7607 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7608 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7609 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7610
7611 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7612 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7613
7614 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7615 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7616 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7617
7618 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7619 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7620 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7621
7622 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7623 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7624
7625 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7626 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7627 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7628 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7629 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7630 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7631 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7632 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7633 end of the current highlighting list.
7634
7635 For example:
7636
7637 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7638 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7639 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7640
7641 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7642 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7643
7644 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7645 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7646 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7647
7648 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7649 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7650 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7651
7652 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7653 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7654
7655 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7656 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7657
7658 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7659 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7660 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7661
7662 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7663 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7664 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7666 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7667
7668 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7669
7670 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7671
7672 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7673 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7674 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7675 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7676 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7677
7678 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7679 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7680
7681 ;;;***
7682 \f
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7684 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7686
7687 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7688 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7689 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7690 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7691 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7692
7693 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7694 compatibility.
7695
7696 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7697 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7698
7699 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7700
7701 ;;;***
7702 \f
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15192
7704 ;;;;;; 12235))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7706
7707 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7708 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7709 \\<message-mode-map>
7710 key binding
7711 --- -------
7712
7713 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7714 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7715 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7716 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7717 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7718 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7719 " t nil)
7720
7721 ;;;***
7722 \f
7723 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7724 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15192 12211))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7726
7727 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7728 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7729
7730 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7731 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7732 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7733 C-c < forms-first-record <
7734 C-c > forms-last-record >
7735 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7736 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7737 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7738 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7739 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7740 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7741 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7742 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7743 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7744 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7745 " t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7748 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7749
7750 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7751 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7752
7753 ;;;***
7754 \f
7755 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7756 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15192 12243))
7757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7758
7759 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7760 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7761 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7762 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7763 with a character in column 6.")
7764
7765 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7766 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7767 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7768 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7769
7770 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7771 Fortran keywords.
7772
7773 Key definitions:
7774 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7775
7776 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7777
7778 `comment-start'
7779 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7780 set this to the string \"!\".
7781 `fortran-do-indent'
7782 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7783 `fortran-if-indent'
7784 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7785 `fortran-structure-indent'
7786 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7787 (default 3)
7788 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7789 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7790 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7791 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7792 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7793 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7794 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7795 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7796 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7797 (for TAB format continuation style).
7798 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7799 indentation for a line of code.
7800 (default 'fixed)
7801 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7802 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7803 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7804 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7805 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7806 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7807 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7808 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7809 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7810 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7811 column 5. (default 1)
7812 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7813 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7814 statements. (default nil)
7815 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7816 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7817 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7818 statement. (default nil)
7819 `fortran-continuation-string'
7820 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7821 line. (default \"$\")
7822 `fortran-comment-region'
7823 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7824 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7825 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7826 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7827 as typed. (default t)
7828 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7829 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7830 (default t)
7831
7832 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7833 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7834
7835 ;;;***
7836 \f
7837 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7838 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15197 18454))
7839 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7840
7841 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7842 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7843
7844 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7845 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7846
7847 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7848 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7849
7850 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7851 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7854 Compile fortune file.
7855
7856 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7857 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7858
7859 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7860 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7861
7862 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7863 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7864 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7865 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7866
7867 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7868 Display a fortune cookie.
7869
7870 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7871 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7872 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7873 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7874
7875 ;;;***
7876 \f
7877 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7878 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
7879 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7880
7881 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7882 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7883
7884 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7885 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7886
7887 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7888 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7889 function.
7890
7891 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7892 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7893 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7894 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7895 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7896 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7897
7898 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7899 Each keyword should be a string.
7900
7901 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7902 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7903
7904 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7905 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7906 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7907
7908 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7909
7910 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7911
7912 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7913 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7914 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7915 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7916
7917 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7918 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7919
7920 ;;;***
7921 \f
7922 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7923 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7925
7926 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7927 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7928 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7929 at places they belong to." t nil)
7930
7931 ;;;***
7932 \f
7933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7934 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15251 43415))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7936
7937 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7938 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7939
7940 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7941 Read network news.
7942 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7943 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7944 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7945 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7946 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7949 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7950
7951 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7952 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7955 Read network news.
7956 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7957 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7958 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7959
7960 ;;;***
7961 \f
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7963 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7964 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7966
7967 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7968 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7971 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7972
7973 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7974 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7975 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7976 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7977
7978 \(gnus-agentize)
7979
7980 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7981 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7982 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7985 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7986
7987 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7988
7989 ;;;***
7990 \f
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7992 ;;;;;; (15271 23340))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7994
7995 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7996 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7997
7998 ;;;***
7999 \f
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8001 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8003
8004 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8005 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8006
8007 ;;;***
8008 \f
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8010 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
8011 ;;;;;; 37896))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8013
8014 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8015 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8016
8017 Usage:
8018 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8021 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8022
8023 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8024 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8025
8026 ;;;***
8027 \f
8028 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8029 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 60440))
8030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8031
8032 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8033 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8034 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8035
8036 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8037 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8038
8039 ;;;***
8040 \f
8041 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8042 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8044
8045 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8046
8047 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8048 Run batched scoring.
8049 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8050
8051 ;;;***
8052 \f
8053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8054 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15192 12228))
8055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8056
8057 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8058
8059 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8060 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8061
8062 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8063
8064 ;;;***
8065 \f
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8067 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8068 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8070
8071 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8072 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8073 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8074 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8075 group parameters.
8076
8077 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8078 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8079 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8080 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8081
8082 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8083 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8084 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8085 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8086 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8087 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8088 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8089 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8090 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8091 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8094 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8095 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8096
8097 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8098 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8101 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8102 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8103
8104 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8105
8106 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8107 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
8108 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
8109
8110 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8111
8112 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8113 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8114 existing groups are considered.
8115
8116 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8117 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8118 returned.
8119
8120 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8121 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8122 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8123 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8124 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8125 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8126 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8127 clauses will be generated.
8128
8129 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8130 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8131 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8132 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8133 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8134 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8135
8136 For example, given the following group parameters:
8137
8138 nnml:mail.bar:
8139 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8140 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8141 nnml:mail.foo:
8142 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8143 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8144 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8145 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8146 nnml:mail.others:
8147 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8148
8149 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8150
8151 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8152 \"mail.bar\")
8153 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8154 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8155 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8156
8157 ;;;***
8158 \f
8159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8160 ;;;;;; (14791 59015))
8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8162
8163 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8164 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8165 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8166
8167 ;;;***
8168 \f
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
8170 ;;;;;; 11613))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8172
8173 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8174 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8175 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8176 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8177
8178 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8179
8180 ;;;***
8181 \f
8182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8183 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8185
8186 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8187 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8188 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8189 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8190 part is ignored.
8191
8192 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8193 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8194 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8195
8196 ;;;***
8197 \f
8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8199 ;;;;;; (14791 59020))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8201
8202 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8203 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8204 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8205 for matching on group names.
8206
8207 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8208 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8209
8210 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8211
8212 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8213
8214 ;;;***
8215 \f
8216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8217 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
8218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8219
8220 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8221 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8222
8223 ;;;***
8224 \f
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8226 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15209 13375))
8227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8228
8229 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8230 Unload all Gnus features.
8231 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8232 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8233 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8236 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8237
8238 ;;;***
8239 \f
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8241 ;;;;;; (15275 13005))
8242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8243
8244 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8245 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8246
8247 ;;;***
8248 \f
8249 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15155 16528))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8251
8252 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8253 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8254 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8255 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8256 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8257
8258 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8259 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8260 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8261
8262 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8263 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8264 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8265
8266 ;;;***
8267 \f
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8269 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15293 42343))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8271
8272 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8273 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8274 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8275 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8276 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8277
8278 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8279 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8280 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8281 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8282 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8283
8284 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8285 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8286 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8287 or to send e-mail.
8288 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8289
8290 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8291 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8292
8293 ;;;***
8294 \f
8295 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15292 25968))
8296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8297
8298 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8299 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8300 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8301 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8302 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8303
8304 ;;;***
8305 \f
8306 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8307 ;;;;;; (15263 18995))
8308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8309
8310 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8311 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8312 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8313 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8314
8315 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8316 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8317 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8318 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8319
8320 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8321 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8322 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8323 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8324
8325 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8326 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8327 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8328 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8329
8330 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8331 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8332
8333 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8334 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8335 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8336 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8337
8338 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8339 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8340 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8341 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8342
8343 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8344 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8345 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8346 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8347 between it and it's value." t nil)
8348 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8349
8350 ;;;***
8351 \f
8352 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15192
8353 ;;;;;; 12238))
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8355
8356 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8357 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8358 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8359 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8360
8361 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8362 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8363 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8364 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8365
8366 ;;;***
8367 \f
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8369 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8371
8372 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8373 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8374
8375 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8376 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8377 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8378 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8379
8380 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8381
8382 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8383 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8384 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8385 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8386 to be updated." t nil)
8387
8388 ;;;***
8389 \f
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-mode) "help" "help.el" (15298 55781))
8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from help.el
8392
8393 (autoload (quote describe-mode) "help" "\
8394 Display documentation of current major mode and minor modes.
8395 The major mode description comes first, followed by the minor modes,
8396 each on a separate page.
8397 For this to work correctly for a minor mode, the mode's indicator variable
8398 \(listed in `minor-mode-alist') must also be a function whose documentation
8399 describes the minor mode." t nil)
8400
8401 ;;;***
8402 \f
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function
8404 ;;;;;; locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-funs" "help-funs.el"
8405 ;;;;;; (15298 55608))
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-funs.el
8407
8408 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-funs" "\
8409 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8410 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8411 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8412 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8413 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-funs" "\
8416 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8417 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8418 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8419 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `.elc' or `.el'
8420 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8421
8422 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8423 is used instead of `load-path'.
8424
8425 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8426 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8427 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-funs" "\
8430 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-funs" "\
8433 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8434 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8435
8436 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-funs" "\
8437 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8438 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8439 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8440 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8441
8442 ;;;***
8443 \f
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8445 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8447
8448 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8449 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8450 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8451 and window listing and describing the options.
8452 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8453 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8454
8455 ;;;***
8456 \f
8457 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8458 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8459 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15298 54621))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8461
8462 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8463 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8464 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8465 Commands:
8466 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8467
8468 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8469
8470 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8471
8472 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8473 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8474
8475 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8476 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8477 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8478 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared." nil nil)
8479
8480 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8481 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8482
8483 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8484 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8485 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8486 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8487 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8488 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8489
8490 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8491 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8492 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8493 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8494
8495 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8496 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8497 that." t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8500 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8501 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8502 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8503 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8504 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8505
8506 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8507 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8508 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8509 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8510 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8511
8512 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8513 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8514
8515 ;;;***
8516 \f
8517 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15192 12223))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8520
8521 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8522 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8525 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8526
8527 ;;;***
8528 \f
8529 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8530 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15279 8859))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8532
8533 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8534 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8535 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8536 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8537 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8538
8539 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8540 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8541
8542 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8543 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8544 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8545 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8546
8547 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8548 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8549 periods.
8550
8551 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8552 in hexl format.
8553
8554 A sample format:
8555
8556 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8557 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8558 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8559 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8560 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8561 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8562 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8563 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8564 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8565 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8566 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8567 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8568 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8569 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8570 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8571
8572 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8573 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8574 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8575
8576 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8577 also supported.
8578
8579 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8580
8581 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8582 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8583 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8584
8585 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8586 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8587 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8588
8589 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8590 into the buffer at the current point.
8591
8592 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8593 into the buffer at the current point.
8594
8595 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8596 into the buffer at the current point.
8597
8598 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8599
8600 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8601 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8602
8603 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8604
8605 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8606
8607 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8608 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8609 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8610
8611 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8612 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8613 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8614
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8618 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8619 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15251
8620 ;;;;;; 11795))
8621 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8622
8623 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8624
8625 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8626 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8627
8628 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8629
8630 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8631
8632 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8633 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8634
8635 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8636 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8637 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8638 which can be called interactively, are:
8639
8640 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8641 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8642
8643 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8644 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8645 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8646 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8647
8648 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8649 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8650
8651 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8652 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8653
8654 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8655 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8656 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8657 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8658 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8659 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8660
8661 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8662 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8663
8664 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8665 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8666 Hi-lock: FOO
8667 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8668 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8669 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8670 will be read until
8671 Hi-lock: end
8672 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8673
8674 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8675
8676 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8677 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8678
8679 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8680 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8681 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8682 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8683
8684 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8685
8686 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8687 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8688
8689 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8690 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8691 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8692 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8693
8694 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8695
8696 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8697 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8698
8699 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8700 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8701
8702 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8703
8704 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8705 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8706
8707 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8708 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8709 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8710 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8711 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8712
8713 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8714 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8715
8716 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8717 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8718 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8719
8720 ;;;***
8721 \f
8722 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8723 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15192 12243))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8725
8726 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8727 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8728
8729 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8730 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8731 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8732 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8733 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8734 how the hiding is done:
8735
8736 hide-ifdef-env
8737 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8738 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8739 is used.
8740
8741 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8742 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8743 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8744 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8745 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8746
8747 hide-ifdef-lines
8748 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8749 #endif lines when hiding.
8750
8751 hide-ifdef-initially
8752 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8753 is activated.
8754
8755 hide-ifdef-read-only
8756 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8757 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8758
8759 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8760
8761 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8762 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8763
8764 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8765 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8766
8767 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8768 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8769
8770 ;;;***
8771 \f
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8773 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15243 30330))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8775
8776 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8777 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8778
8779 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8780 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8781 Each element has the form
8782 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8783
8784 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8785 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8786
8787 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8788 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8789
8790 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8791 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8792 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8793 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8794 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8795
8796 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8797 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8798
8799 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8800 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8801
8802 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8803 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8804 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8805
8806 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8807 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8808 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8809 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8810 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8811 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8812
8813 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8814 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8815 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8816
8817 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8818 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8819
8820 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8821
8822 Key bindings:
8823 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8824
8825 ;;;***
8826 \f
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8828 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8829 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8830 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15192 12212))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8832
8833 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8834
8835 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8836 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8837 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8838
8839 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8840 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8841
8842 Without an argument:
8843 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8844 or passive state as determined by the variable
8845 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8846 and passive state.
8847
8848 With an argument ARG:
8849 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8850 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8851 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8852
8853 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8854 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8855 not displayed in a different face.
8856
8857 Functions:
8858 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8859 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8860 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8861 buffer with the contents of a file
8862 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8863 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8864 various faces.
8865
8866 Hook variables:
8867 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8868 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8869 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8870
8871 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8872 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8873
8874 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8875 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8876
8877 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8878 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8879
8880 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8881 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8882 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8883 shown in the last face in the list.
8884
8885 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8886 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8887 buffer to be saved):
8888
8889 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8890
8891 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8892 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8893
8894 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8895 and must not be read-only.
8896
8897 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8898 this function is called interactively.
8899
8900 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8901 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8902 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8903
8904 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8905 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8906 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8907
8908 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8909 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8910
8911 When called interactively:
8912 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8913 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8914 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8915 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8916
8917 When called from a program:
8918 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8919 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8920 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8921 - otherwise just turn it on
8922
8923 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8924 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8925 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8926 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8927
8928 ;;;***
8929 \f
8930 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8931 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8932 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8933 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8934 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15192 12212))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8936
8937 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8938 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8939 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8940 or insert functions in this list.")
8941
8942 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8943 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8944
8945 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8946 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8947
8948 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8949 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8950
8951 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8952 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8953
8954 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8955 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8956 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8957
8958 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8959 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8960 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8961 \(as atoms)")
8962
8963 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8964 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8965 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8966 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8967 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8968
8969 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8970 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8971 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8972 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8973 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8974 expansions.
8975 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8976 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8977 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8978
8979 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8980 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8981 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8982 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
8987 ;;;;;; (15240 62497))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8989
8990 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8991 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8992 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8993 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8994 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8995
8996 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
8997 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
8998 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9000 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9001
9002 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9003
9004 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9005
9006 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9007 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9008 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9009 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9010 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9011
9012 ;;;***
9013 \f
9014 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9015 ;;;;;; (15122 26745))
9016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9017
9018 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9019 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9020 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9021
9022 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9023
9024 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9025 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9026
9027 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9028 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9029
9030 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9031
9032 ;;;***
9033 \f
9034 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9035 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9037
9038 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9039 This function is obsolete.
9040 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9041 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9042
9043 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9044 This function is obsolete.
9045 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9046 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9047
9048 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9049 This function is obsolete.
9050 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9051 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9056 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15054 32535))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9058
9059 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9060 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9061 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9062
9063 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9064 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9065 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9071
9072 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9073 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9074 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9075 Tab indents for Icon code.
9076 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9078 \\{icon-mode-map}
9079 Variables controlling indentation style:
9080 icon-tab-always-indent
9081 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9082 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9083 icon-auto-newline
9084 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9085 inserted in Icon code.
9086 icon-indent-level
9087 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9088 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9089 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9090 icon-continued-statement-offset
9091 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9092 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9093 icon-continued-brace-offset
9094 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9095 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9096 icon-brace-offset
9097 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9098 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9099 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9100 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9101
9102 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9103 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9104
9105 ;;;***
9106 \f
9107 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9108 ;;;;;; (15192 12243))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9110
9111 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9112 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9113 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9114 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9115
9116 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9117 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9118 separate frames.
9119
9120 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9121
9122 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9123 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9124 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9125
9126 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9127
9128 ;;;***
9129 \f
9130 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9131 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9133
9134 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9135 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9136
9137 The main features of this mode are
9138
9139 1. Indentation and Formatting
9140 --------------------------
9141 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9142 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9143
9144 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9145 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9146 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9147 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9148
9149 Comments are indented as follows:
9150
9151 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9152 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9153 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9154
9155 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9156
9157 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9158 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9159 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9160 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9161 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9162
9163 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9164 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9165 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9166
9167 2. Routine Info
9168 ------------
9169 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9170 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9171 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9172 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9173 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9174 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9175 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9176
9177 3. Online IDL Help
9178 ---------------
9179 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9180 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9181 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9182 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9183 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9184
9185 4. Completion
9186 ----------
9187 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9188 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9189 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9190 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9191 mixed or upper case.
9192
9193 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9194 --------------------------------
9195 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9196 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9197
9198 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9199 \\fu FUNCTION template
9200 \\c CASE statement template
9201 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9202 \\f FOR loop template
9203 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9204 \\w WHILE loop template
9205 \\i IF statement template
9206 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9207 \\b BEGIN
9208
9209 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9210 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9211
9212 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9213 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9214 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9215
9216 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9217 -------------------------
9218 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9219 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9220
9221 7. Automatic END completion
9222 ------------------------
9223 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9224 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9225
9226 8. Hooks
9227 -----
9228 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9229 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9230
9231 9. Documentation and Customization
9232 -------------------------------
9233 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9234 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9235 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9236 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9237 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9238
9239 10.Keybindings
9240 -----------
9241 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9242 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9243 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9244
9245 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9246
9247 ;;;***
9248 \f
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9251 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9252
9253 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9254 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9255 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9256
9257 ;;;***
9258 \f
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9260 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9261 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15234 20126))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9263
9264 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9265 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9266 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9267 be determined." nil nil)
9268
9269 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9270 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9271 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9272 be determined." nil nil)
9273
9274 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9275 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9276 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9277
9278 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9279 Create an image.
9280 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9281 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9282 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9283 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9284 use its file extension as image type.
9285 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9286 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9287 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9288 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9289
9290 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9291 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9292 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9293 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9294 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9295 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9296 POS may be an integer or marker.
9297 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9298 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9299 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9300 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9301
9302 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9303 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9304 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9305 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9306 defaulted if you omit it.
9307 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9308 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9309 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9310 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9311
9312 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9313 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9314 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9315 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9316
9317 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9318 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9319
9320 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9321
9322 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9323 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9324 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9325 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9326 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9327 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9328 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9329 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9330 satisfied.
9331
9332 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9333
9334 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9335 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9336
9337 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9338 documentation string.
9339
9340 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9341 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9342 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9343 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9344 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9345 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9346 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9347 define SYMBOL.
9348
9349 Example:
9350
9351 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9352 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9353
9354 ;;;***
9355 \f
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9357 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9358 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15205 22594))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9360
9361 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9362 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9363 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9364 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9365
9366 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9367 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9368 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9369 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9370
9371 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9372 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9373 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9374 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9375
9376 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9377 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9378 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9379 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9380
9381 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9382 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9383
9384 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9385 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9386 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9387 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9388
9389 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9390 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9391 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9393 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9394
9395 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9396
9397 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9398
9399 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9400 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9401 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9402 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9403
9404 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9405 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9406 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9407
9408 ;;;***
9409 \f
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9411 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15192 12212))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9413
9414 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9415 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9416
9417 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9418
9419 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9420 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9421 in the buffer.
9422
9423 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9424
9425 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9426 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9427 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9428
9429 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9430 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9431
9432 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9433 to create a buffer index.
9434
9435 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9436 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9437 or like this:
9438 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9439 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9440 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9441 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9442 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9443
9444 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9445 entries are not nested.
9446
9447 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9448 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9449 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9450 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9451
9452 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9453 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9454
9455 The variable is buffer-local.
9456
9457 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9458 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9459 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9460
9461 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9462 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9463 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9464 during matching.")
9465
9466 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9467
9468 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9469 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9470
9471 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9472 of the current buffer as an alist.
9473
9474 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9475 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9476 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9477 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9478 if it is a sub-alist.
9479
9480 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9481
9482 The variable is buffer-local.")
9483
9484 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9485
9486 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9487 Function for finding the next index position.
9488
9489 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9490 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9491 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9492 file.
9493
9494 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9495 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9496
9497 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9498
9499 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9500
9501 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9502 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9503
9504 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9505 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9506 It should return the name for that index item.
9507
9508 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9509
9510 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9511
9512 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9513 Function to compare string with index item.
9514
9515 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9516 non-nil if they match.
9517
9518 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9519 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9520 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9521 arguments match\".
9522
9523 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9524
9525 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9526
9527 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9528 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9529 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9530
9531 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9532
9533 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9534
9535 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9536
9537 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9538 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9539 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9540 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9541
9542 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9543 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9544
9545 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9546
9547 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9548 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9549 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9550 for more information." t nil)
9551
9552 ;;;***
9553 \f
9554 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9555 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9557
9558 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9559 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9560 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9561 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9562 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9563
9564 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9565 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9566
9567 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9568 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9569 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9570 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9571 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9572 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9573 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9574 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9575
9576 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9577 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9578 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9579 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9580 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9581
9582 This variable is only used if the variable
9583 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9584
9585 More precise choices:
9586 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9587 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9588 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9589
9590 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9591
9592 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9593 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9594
9595 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9596 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9597 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9598 to that buffer.
9599 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9600 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9601 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9602 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9603 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9604
9605 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9606
9607 ;;;***
9608 \f
9609 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9610 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9611 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15292 25968))
9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9613
9614 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9615 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9616 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9617
9618 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9619 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9620 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9621 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9622 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9623 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9624
9625 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9626 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9627
9628 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9629 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9630 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9631
9632 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9633 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9634 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9635 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9636
9637 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9638 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9639
9640 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9641 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9642 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9643 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9644 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9645
9646 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9647 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9648 KEY is a string.
9649 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9650 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9651 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9652 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9653
9654 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9655 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9656 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9657
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9661 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9662 ;;;;;; (15192 12212))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9664
9665 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9666 Throw away all cached data.
9667 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9668 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9669 system." t nil)
9670
9671 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9672 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9673 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9674 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9675 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9676 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9677
9678 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9679
9680 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9681 Display the documentation of a file.
9682 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9683 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9684 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9685 The default file name is the one found at point.
9686
9687 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9688
9689 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9690 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9693 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9694
9695 ;;;***
9696 \f
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9698 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15192 12212))
9699 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9700
9701 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9702 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9703
9704 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9705 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9706 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9707
9708 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9709 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9710 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9711
9712 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9713 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9714 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9715 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9718 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9719 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9720
9721 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9722 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9723 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9724 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9725 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9726
9727 ;;;***
9728 \f
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9730 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9731 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9733
9734 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9735 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9736
9737 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9738 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9739
9740 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9741
9742 ;;;***
9743 \f
9744 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9745 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9747
9748 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9749 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9750 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9751 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9752 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9753 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9754
9755 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9756 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9757
9758 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9759 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9760 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9761 \"s gives German sharp s.
9762 /a gives a with ring.
9763 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9764 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9765 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9766 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9767
9768 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9769 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9770
9771 ;;;***
9772 \f
9773 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9774 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9775 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9776 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15192 12231))
9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9778
9779 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9780 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9781 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9782 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9785 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9786 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9787 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9788
9789 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9790 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9791 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9792 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9793
9794 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9795 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9796 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9797 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9798
9799 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9800 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9801 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9802 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9803
9804 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9805 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9806 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9807 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9810 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9811 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9812 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9813
9814 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9815 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9816 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9817 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9818
9819 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9820 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9821 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9822 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9823
9824 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9825 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9826
9827 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9828 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9829
9830 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9831 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9832
9833 ;;;***
9834 \f
9835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9836 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
9837 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9838 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9839 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9840 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9841
9842 ;;;***
9843 \f
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9845 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9846 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9847 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9848 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9849 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15260 30414))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9851
9852 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9853 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9854
9855 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9856 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9857
9858 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9859 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9860
9861 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9862 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9863 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9864 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9865
9866 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9867 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9868 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9869
9870 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9871
9872 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9873
9874 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9875
9876 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
9877
9878 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
9879
9880 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9881
9882 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9883 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9884
9885 Each element of this list is also a list:
9886
9887 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9888 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9889
9890 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9891 nil means the default dictionary.
9892
9893 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9894 word.
9895
9896 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9897
9898 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9899 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9900 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9901 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9902 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9903 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9904 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9905 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9906 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9907
9908 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9909 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9910 single word.
9911
9912 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9913 subprocess.
9914
9915 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9916 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9917 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9918 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9919 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9920 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9921 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9922 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9923
9924 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9925
9926 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9927 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9928 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9929
9930 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9931 Key map for ispell menu.")
9932
9933 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9934 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9935 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9936 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9937
9938 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9939
9940 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9941
9942 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9943
9944 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9945
9946 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9947
9948 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9949 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9950 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9951 Valid forms include:
9952 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9953 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9954 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9955 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9956
9957 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9958 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9959 First list is used raw.
9960 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9961
9962 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9963 for skipping in latex mode.")
9964
9965 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9966
9967 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9968 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9969 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9970 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9971
9972 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9973 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9974 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9975 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9976 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9977
9978 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9979 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9980
9981 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9982
9983 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9984 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9985
9986 return values:
9987 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9988 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9989 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9990 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9991 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9992
9993 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
9994 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
9995 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
9996
9997 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9998 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9999
10000 Selections are:
10001
10002 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10003 SPC: Accept word this time.
10004 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10005 `a': Accept word for this session.
10006 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10007 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10008 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10009 `?': Show these commands.
10010 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10011 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10012 the aborted check to be completed later.
10013 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10014 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10015 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10016 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10017 `C-l': redraws screen
10018 `C-r': recursive edit
10019 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10020
10021 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10022 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10023 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10024
10025 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10026 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10027 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10028
10029 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10030
10031 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10032
10033 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10034 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10035 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10036 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10037
10038 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10039 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10040
10041 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10042 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10043
10044 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10045 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10048 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
10049 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10050 sequence inside of a word.
10051
10052 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10053
10054 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10055 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10058 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10059 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10060 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10061
10062 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10063 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10064 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10065 available on the net." t nil)
10066
10067 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10068 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10069 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10070
10071 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10072 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10073
10074 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10075 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10076
10077 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10078 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10079 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10080 Don't check included messages.
10081
10082 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10083 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10084 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10085
10086 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10087 in your .emacs file:
10088 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10089 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10090 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10091 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10092
10093 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10094 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10095 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10096
10097 ;;;***
10098 \f
10099 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10100 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10101 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
10102 ;;;;;; (15244 46382))
10103 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10104
10105 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10106 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
10107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10108 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10109
10110 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10111
10112 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10113
10114 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10115 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10116 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10117 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10118 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10119 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10120
10121 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10122 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10123 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10124 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10125
10126 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10129 Switch to another buffer.
10130
10131 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10132 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10133 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10134 in another frame.
10135 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10136
10137 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10138 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10139 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10140 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10141
10142 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10143 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10144 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10145 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10146
10147 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10148 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10149 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10150 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10151
10152 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10153 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10154 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10155 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10156 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10157
10158 ;;;***
10159 \f
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10161 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10162 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10163 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15192 12234))
10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10165
10166 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10167
10168 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10169 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10170 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10171 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10172 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10173 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10174 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10175 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10176
10177 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10178 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10179 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10180 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10181
10182 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10183 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10184 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10185 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10186 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10187
10188 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10189 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10190 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10191 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10192
10193 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10194 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10195 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10196 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10197
10198 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10199 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10200
10201 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10202 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10203 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10204 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10205 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10206
10207 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10208 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10209 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10210 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10211 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10212
10213 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10214 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10215 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10216
10217 ;;;***
10218 \f
10219 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15192
10220 ;;;;;; 12212))
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10222
10223 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10224 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10225 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10226 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10227 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10228
10229 ;;;***
10230 \f
10231 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10232 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15192 12212))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10234
10235 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10236 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10237 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10239 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10240
10241 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10242
10243 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10244
10245 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10246 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10247 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10248 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10249
10250 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10251 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10252
10253 ;;;***
10254 \f
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10256 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10258
10259 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10260 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10261 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10262
10263 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10264 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10265 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10266 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10267 shorter.
10268
10269 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10270 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10271 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10272
10273 ;;;***
10274 \f
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15192
10276 ;;;;;; 12231))
10277 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10278
10279 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10280 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10281 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10282 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10283 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10284 positions that contains the current selection.")
10285
10286 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10287 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10288 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10289 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10290 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10291 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10292 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10293
10294 ;;;***
10295 \f
10296 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10297 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15192 12234))
10298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10299
10300 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10301 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10302 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10303
10304 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10305
10306 ;;;***
10307 \f
10308 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10309 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
10310 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10311
10312 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10313
10314 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10315 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10316
10317 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10318
10319 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10320 Start or resume an Lm game.
10321 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10322 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10323
10324 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10325 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10326 none / 1 | yes | no
10327 2 | yes | yes
10328 3 | no | yes
10329 4 | no | no
10330
10331 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10332 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10333 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10334
10335 ;;;***
10336 \f
10337 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
10338 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
10339 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15192 12234))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10341
10342 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10343
10344 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10345 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10346 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10347 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10348 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10349 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10350
10351 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10352 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10353
10354 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10355 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10356
10357 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10358 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10359 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10360 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10361 to compose.
10362
10363 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10364
10365 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10366
10367 ;;;***
10368 \f
10369 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10370 ;;;;;; (15054 32560))
10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10372
10373 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10374 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10375 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10376 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10377 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10378 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10379 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10380 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10381
10382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10383 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10384
10385 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10386
10387 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10388
10389 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10390 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10391 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10392 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10393 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10394
10395 ;;;***
10396 \f
10397 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10398 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15229 7095))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10400
10401 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10402 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10403 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10404 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10405
10406 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10407
10408 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10409
10410 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10411 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10412 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10413 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10414 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10415 for large buffers.
10416
10417 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10418 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10419 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10420 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10421 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10422
10423 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10424 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10425 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10426 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10427 slow to keep up with your typing.
10428
10429 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10430 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10431 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10432 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10433 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10434 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10435
10436 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10437 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10438 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10439 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10440
10441 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10442 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10443 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10444 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10445
10446 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10447 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10448 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10449 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10450 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10453 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10454
10455 ;;;***
10456 \f
10457 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10458 ;;;;;; (15192 12213))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10460
10461 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10462 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10463
10464 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10465 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10466
10467 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10468 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10469
10470 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10471 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10472 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10473 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10474 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10475 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10476 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10477 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10478 and transmit saved text.
10479 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10480 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10481 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10484
10485 ;;;***
10486 \f
10487 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15054 32569))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10489
10490 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10491 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10492 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10493 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10494 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10495
10496 ;;;***
10497 \f
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10499 ;;;;;; 14322))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10501
10502 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10503 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10504 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10505 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10506
10507 ;;;***
10508 \f
10509 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10510 ;;;;;; (15258 1046))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10512
10513 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10514 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10515 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10516
10517 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10518 Run the locate command with a filter.
10519
10520 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10521 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10522
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15122 26743))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10527
10528 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10529 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10530 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10531 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10532 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10533 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10534 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10535 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10536 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10537 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10538 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10539 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10540 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10541
10542 ;;;***
10543 \f
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14910
10545 ;;;;;; 483))
10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10547
10548 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10549 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10550
10551 ;;;***
10552 \f
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10554 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15192
10555 ;;;;;; 12214))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10557
10558 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10559
10560 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10561
10562 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10563 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10564 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10565
10566 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10567 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10568
10569 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10570 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10571 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10572 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10573 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10574 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10575 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10576
10577 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10578 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10579 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10580 switch on this list.
10581 See `lpr-command'.")
10582
10583 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10584 *Name of program for printing a file.
10585
10586 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10587 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10588 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10589 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10590 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10591 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10592 argument.")
10593
10594 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10595 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10596 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10597 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10600 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10601
10602 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10603 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10604 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10605 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10606
10607 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10608 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10609
10610 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10611 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10612
10613 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10614 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10615 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10616 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10619 Paginate and print the region contents.
10620
10621 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10622 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10623 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10624 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10625
10626 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10627 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10628
10629 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10630 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10631
10632 ;;;***
10633 \f
10634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15192 12214))
10635 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10636
10637 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10638
10639 ;;;***
10640 \f
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15192
10642 ;;;;;; 12221))
10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10644
10645 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10646 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10647 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10648
10649 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10650
10651 ;;;***
10652 \f
10653 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15192
10654 ;;;;;; 12244))
10655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10656
10657 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10658 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10659 \\{m4-mode-map}
10660 " t nil)
10661
10662 ;;;***
10663 \f
10664 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10665 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15192 12214))
10666 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10667
10668 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10669 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10670 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10671 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10672 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10673
10674 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10675 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10676 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10677 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10678
10679 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10680 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10681 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10682 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10683 bindings.
10684
10685 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10686 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10687
10688 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10689 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10690 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10691 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10692 each time the macro executes.
10693 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10694 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10695 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10696 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10697 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10698 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10699 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10700
10701 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10702 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10703 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10704
10705 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10706 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10707 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10708 execute.
10709
10710 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10711 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10712
10713 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10714 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10715 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10716 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10717 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10718
10719 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10720 looked like this:
10721
10722 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10723 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10724 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10725
10726 You could enter the names in this format:
10727
10728 foo
10729 bar
10730 baz
10731
10732 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10733
10734 \\C-x (
10735 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10736 \\C-x )
10737
10738 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10739 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10740 " t nil)
10741 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10742
10743 ;;;***
10744 \f
10745 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10746 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15192 12235))
10747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10748
10749 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10750 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10751 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10752 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10753
10754 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10755 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10756 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10757 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10758 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10759
10760 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10761 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10762 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10763 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10764
10765 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10766 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10767
10768 ;;;***
10769 \f
10770 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10771 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10772 ;;;;;; (15192 12235))
10773 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10774
10775 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10776 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10777
10778 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10779
10780 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10781 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10782
10783 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10784 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10785 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10786 message.
10787
10788 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10789
10790 ;;;***
10791 \f
10792 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10793 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10794 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15205
10795 ;;;;;; 21903))
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10797
10798 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10799 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10800 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10801 often correct parser.")
10802
10803 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10804
10805 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10806 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10807 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10808 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10809
10810 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10811 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10812 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10813 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10814
10815 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10816 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10817 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10818 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10819
10820 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10821 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10822 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10823 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10824 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10825 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10826
10827 ;;;***
10828 \f
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10830 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15293 42342))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10832
10833 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10834 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10835
10836 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10837 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10838 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10839
10840 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10841 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10842 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10843
10844 ;;;***
10845 \f
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10847 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10848 ;;;;;; 15646))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10850
10851 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10852 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10853 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10854 king@grassland.com
10855 If `parens', they look like:
10856 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10857 If `angles', they look like:
10858 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10859
10860 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10861 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10862 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10863 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10864 their `Resent-' variants.
10865
10866 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10867 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10868
10869 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10870 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10871 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10872
10873 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10874 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10875 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10876 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10877
10878 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10879 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10880 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10881 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10882
10883 ;;;***
10884 \f
10885 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10886 ;;;;;; (15206 24016))
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10888
10889 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10890 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10891 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10892
10893 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10894
10895 In the browser, use the following keys:
10896
10897 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10898
10899 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10900
10901 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10902 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10903
10904 makefile-target-colon:
10905 The string that gets appended to all target names
10906 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10907 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10908
10909 makefile-macro-assign:
10910 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10911 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10912 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10913 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10914 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10915 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10916
10917 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10918 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10919 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10920
10921 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10922 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10923
10924 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10925 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10926 up or down in the browser.
10927
10928 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10929 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10930
10931 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10932 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10933
10934 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10935 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10936 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10937 has been selected in the browser.
10938
10939 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10940 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10941 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10942 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10943 filenames are omitted.
10944
10945 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10946 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10947 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10948 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10949 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10950 the backslash itself intact.
10951 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10952 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10953
10954 makefile-browser-hook:
10955 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10956 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10957
10958 makefile-special-targets-list:
10959 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10960 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10961 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10962
10963 ;;;***
10964 \f
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10966 ;;;;;; 28917))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10968
10969 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10970 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10971 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10972
10973 ;;;***
10974 \f
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15243 17691))
10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10977
10978 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10979
10980 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10981 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10982 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10983 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10984 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10985 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10986 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10987
10988 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10989 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
10990 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
10991 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
10992
10993 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10994 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10995
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10999 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11000 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
11001 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11002 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11003 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11004 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11005 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11006 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15054 32558))
11007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11008
11009 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11010 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11011
11012 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11013 king@grassland.com
11014 If `parens', they look like:
11015 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11016 If `angles', they look like:
11017 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11018
11019 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11020 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11021
11022 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11023 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11024
11025 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11026 *Local news organization file.")
11027
11028 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11029 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11030 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11031 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11032
11033 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11034 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11035 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11036
11037 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11038
11039 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11040 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11041
11042 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11043 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11044
11045 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11046 *Function for citing an original message.
11047 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11048 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11049 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11050
11051 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11052 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11053 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11054 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11055 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11056
11057 (defvar message-signature t "\
11058 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11059 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11060 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11061 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11062
11063 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11064 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11065 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11066 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11067
11068 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11069
11070 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11071 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11072 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11073 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11074 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11075 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11076 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11077 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11078 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11079 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11080 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11081 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11082 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11083 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11084 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11085 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11086 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11087 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11088 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11089 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11090 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11091 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11092 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11093 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11094 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11095
11096 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11097 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11098 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11099
11100 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11101 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11102
11103 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11104 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11105
11106 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11107 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11108
11109 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11110 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11111 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11112
11113 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11114 Cancel an article you posted.
11115 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11116
11117 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11118 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11119 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11120 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11121
11122 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11123 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11124
11125 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11126 Forward the current message via mail.
11127 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11128 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11129
11130 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11131 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11132
11133 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11134 Re-mail the current message.
11135 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11136 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11137 you." t nil)
11138
11139 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11140 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11141
11142 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11143 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11146 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11147
11148 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11149 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11150
11151 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11152 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11153 Works by overstriking characters.
11154 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11155 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11156
11157 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11158 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11159 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11160 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11161
11162 ;;;***
11163 \f
11164 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11165 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11167
11168 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11169 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11170 Special commands:
11171 \\{meta-mode-map}
11172
11173 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11174 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11175
11176 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11177 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11178 Special commands:
11179 \\{meta-mode-map}
11180
11181 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11182 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11183
11184 ;;;***
11185 \f
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11187 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11188 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11190
11191 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11192 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11193 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11194
11195 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11196 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11197 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11198 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11199 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11200 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11201 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11202
11203 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11204 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11205 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11206 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11207 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11208 means current).
11209 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11210 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11211
11212 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11213 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11214 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11215 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11216 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11217 means current).
11218 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11219 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11220
11221 ;;;***
11222 \f
11223 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11224 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15192 12235))
11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11226
11227 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11228 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11229 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11230 to the MH mail system.
11231
11232 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11233
11234 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11235 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11236 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11237 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11238 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11239 that want to create a mail buffer.
11240 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11241
11242 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11243 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11244 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11245 to the MH mail system.
11246
11247 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11248
11249 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11250 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11251 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11252 using the MH mail handling system.
11253 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11254 messages.
11255
11256 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11257
11258 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11259
11260 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11261 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11262 the yanked message.
11263
11264 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11265 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11266 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11267 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11268 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11269
11270 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11271 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11272 inserted in a draft letter.
11273
11274 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11275 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11276
11277 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11278
11279 ;;;***
11280 \f
11281 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15281
11282 ;;;;;; 51219))
11283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11284
11285 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11286 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11287 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11288 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11289
11290 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11291 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11292
11293 ;;;***
11294 \f
11295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15192 12235))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11297
11298 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11299 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11300
11301 ;;;***
11302 \f
11303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15192 12235))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11305
11306 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11307
11308 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11309
11310 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11311
11312 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11313
11314 ;;;***
11315 \f
11316 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11317 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15192 12215))
11318 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11319
11320 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11321 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11322 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11323 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11324 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11325 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11326 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11327 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11328 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11329 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11330 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11331
11332 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11333 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11334 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11335 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11336
11337 ;;;***
11338 \f
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11340 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15281 52713))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11342
11343 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11344 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11345 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11347 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11348
11349 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11350
11351 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11352
11353 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11354 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11355 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11356 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11357 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11358 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11359 default indication.
11360
11361 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11362 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11363
11364 ;;;***
11365 \f
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11367 ;;;;;; (15192 12224))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11369
11370 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11371 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11372
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11376 ;;;;;; (15192 12230))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11378
11379 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11380 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11381 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11382 the entire message.
11383 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11384
11385 ;;;***
11386 \f
11387 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11388 ;;;;;; (15223 37896))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11390
11391 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11392 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11393
11394 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11395 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11396
11397 ;;;***
11398 \f
11399 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11400 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11402
11403 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11404 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11405 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11406 followed by the first character of the construct.
11407 \\<m2-mode-map>
11408 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11409 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11410 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11411 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11412 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11413 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11414 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11415 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11416 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11417 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11418 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11419 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11420 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11421 \\[m2-link] link
11422
11423 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11424 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11425 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11426
11427 ;;;***
11428 \f
11429 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11430 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
11431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11432
11433 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11434 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11435
11436 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11437 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11438
11439 ;;;***
11440 \f
11441 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15235
11442 ;;;;;; 24850))
11443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11444
11445 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11446 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11447 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11448 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11449
11450 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11451
11452 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11453
11454 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11455
11456 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11457 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11458 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11459 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11460 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11461 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11462
11463 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11464 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11465 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11466 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11467 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11468
11469 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11470 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11471
11472 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11473 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11474
11475 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11476
11477 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11478 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11479 primary selection and region." t nil)
11480
11481 ;;;***
11482 \f
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11485
11486 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11487 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11488
11489 ;;;***
11490 \f
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15192 12215))
11492 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11493
11494 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11495 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11496 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11498 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11499
11500 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11501
11502 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11503
11504 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11505 Toggle Msb mode.
11506 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11507 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11508 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11509
11510 ;;;***
11511 \f
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11513 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11514 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11515 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11516 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11517 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15292 25972))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11519
11520 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11521 Display a list of all character sets.
11522
11523 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11524 for internal Emacs use.
11525
11526 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11527 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11528 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11529 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11530 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11531
11532 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11533 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11534 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11535 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11536
11537 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11538 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11539
11540 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11541 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11542 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11543 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11544 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11545
11546 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11547 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11548 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11549 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11550 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11551
11552 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11553 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11554
11555 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11556 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11557
11558 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11559 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11560 POS defaults to point.
11561 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11562 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11563 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11564
11565 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11566 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11567
11568 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11569 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11570
11571 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11572 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11573 at the place of `..':
11574 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11575 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11576 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11577 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11578 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11579 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11580 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11581 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11582 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11583 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11584 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11585 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11586 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11587 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11588 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11589 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11590
11591 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11592 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11593
11594 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11595 Display a list of all coding systems.
11596 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11597
11598 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11599 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11600
11601 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11602 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11603
11604 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11605 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11606
11607 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11608 Display information of FONTSET.
11609 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11610
11611 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11612 Display a list of all fontsets.
11613 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11614 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11615 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11618 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11619
11620 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11621 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11622
11623 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11624 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11625 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11626 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11627
11628 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11629 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11630 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11631
11632 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11633 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11634 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11635
11636 ;;;***
11637 \f
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11639 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11640 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11641 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11642 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11643 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11644 ;;;;;; (15192 12232))
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11646
11647 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11648 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11649 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11650
11651 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11652 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11653
11654 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11655 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11656
11657 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11658 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11659
11660 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11661 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11662 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11663 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11664 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11665
11666 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11667 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11668 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11669 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11670 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11671
11672 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11673 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11674
11675 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11676
11677 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11678 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11679
11680 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11681 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11682 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11683
11684 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11685 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11686 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11687
11688 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11689 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11690 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11691 is considered.
11692 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11693 longer than KEYSEQ.
11694 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11695
11696 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11697 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11698 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11699 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11700 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11701 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11702 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11703 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11704 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11705 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11706 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11707
11708 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11709 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11710
11711 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11712 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11713
11714 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11715 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11716
11717 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11718 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11719
11720 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11721 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11722
11723 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11724 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11725 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11726 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11727
11728 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11729 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11730 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11731 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11732
11733 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11734 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11735 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11736 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11737
11738 ;;;***
11739 \f
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11741 ;;;;;; (15205 21902))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11743
11744 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11745 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11746 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11749
11750 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11751
11752 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11753
11754 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11755 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11756 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11757 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11760 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11761
11762 ;;;***
11763 \f
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11765 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11766 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11767 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11769
11770 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11771 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11772
11773 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11774 Ping HOST.
11775 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11776 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11777
11778 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11779 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11780
11781 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11782
11783 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11784 Run netstat program." t nil)
11785
11786 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11787 Run the arp program." t nil)
11788
11789 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11790 Run the route program." t nil)
11791
11792 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11793 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11794
11795 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11796 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11797
11798 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11799 Run dig program." t nil)
11800
11801 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11802 Run ftp program." t nil)
11803
11804 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11805 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11806
11807 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11808 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11809 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11810 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11811
11812 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11813
11814 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11815 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11816
11817 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11818 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11819
11820 ;;;***
11821 \f
11822 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11823 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11824 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11825 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11826 ;;;;;; (15292 25968))
11827 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11828
11829 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11830
11831 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11832
11833 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11834
11835 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11836
11837 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11838
11839 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11840 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11841 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11842 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11843 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11844
11845 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11846 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11847
11848 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11849 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11850 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11851 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11852
11853 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11854 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11855
11856 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11857 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11858 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11859
11860 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11861 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11862 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11863 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11864 column indentation or nil.
11865 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11866
11867 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11868 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11869 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11870
11871 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11872 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11873 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11874 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11875
11876 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11877 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11878
11879 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11880 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11881 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11882
11883 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11884 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11885
11886 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11887 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11888 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
11889
11890 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11891 Set the comment column based on point.
11892 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11893 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11894 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11895 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11896
11897 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11898 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11899 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11900
11901 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11902 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11903 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11904 comment markers." t nil)
11905
11906 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11907 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11908 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11909 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11910 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11911 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11912 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11913 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11914
11915 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11916 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11919 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11920 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11921 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11922 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11923 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11924 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11925 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11928 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11929 This indents the body of the continued comment
11930 under the previous comment line.
11931
11932 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11933 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11934 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11935
11936 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11937 or comment indentation.
11938
11939 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11940 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11941
11942 ;;;***
11943 \f
11944 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11945 ;;;;;; 32485))
11946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11947
11948 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11949 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11950 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11951 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11952 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11953 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11954
11955 ;;;***
11956 \f
11957 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11958 ;;;;;; (15185 36003))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11960
11961 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11962 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11963 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11964
11965 ;;;***
11966 \f
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11968 ;;;;;; (14860 4779))
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11970
11971 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11972 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11973 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11974
11975 ;;;***
11976 \f
11977 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11978 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11980
11981 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11982 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11983
11984 ;;;***
11985 \f
11986 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11987 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 59086))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11989
11990 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11991 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11992
11993 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11994 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11997 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11998
11999 ;;;***
12000 \f
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12002 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15192 12215))
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12004
12005 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12006 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12007 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12008
12009 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12010
12011 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12012 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12013 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12014 to future sessions." t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12017 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12018 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12019 to future sessions." t nil)
12020
12021 ;;;***
12022 \f
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12024 ;;;;;; (15293 42343))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12026
12027 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12028 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12029 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12030 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12031 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12032 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12033
12034 ;;;***
12035 \f
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12037 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12039
12040 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12041 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12042 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12043 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12044 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12045
12046 ;;;***
12047 \f
12048 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12049 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12051
12052 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12053 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12054 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12055
12056 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12057
12058 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12059 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12060
12061 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12062 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12063 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12064
12065 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12066
12067 ;;;***
12068 \f
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12070 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12072
12073 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12074 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12075
12076 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12077 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12078 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12079 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12080
12081 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12082 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12083 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12084 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12085 is why you need this mode!).
12086
12087 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12088 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12089 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12090
12091 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12092
12093 Keybindings
12094 ===========
12095
12096 \\{octave-mode-map}
12097
12098 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12099 ==============================================
12100
12101 octave-auto-indent
12102 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12103 Default is nil.
12104
12105 octave-auto-newline
12106 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12107 Default is nil.
12108
12109 octave-blink-matching-block
12110 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12111 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12112
12113 octave-block-offset
12114 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12115 Default is 2.
12116
12117 octave-continuation-offset
12118 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12119 Default is 4.
12120
12121 octave-continuation-string
12122 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12123 Default is a backslash.
12124
12125 octave-mode-startup-message
12126 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12127 Default is t.
12128
12129 octave-send-echo-input
12130 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12131 command to the inferior Octave process.
12132
12133 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12134 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12135 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12136
12137 octave-send-echo-input
12138 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12139
12140 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12141
12142 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12143 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12144
12145 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12146 (setq auto-mode-alist
12147 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12148
12149 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12150 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12151
12152 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12153 (lambda ()
12154 (abbrev-mode 1)
12155 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12156 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12157 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12158
12159 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12160 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12161 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12162 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12163
12164 ;;;***
12165 \f
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12167 ;;;;;; (15192 12215))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12169
12170 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12171 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12172 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12175 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12176 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12177 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12178 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12179
12180 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12181
12182 ;;;***
12183 \f
12184 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12185 ;;;;;; (15265 49062))
12186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12187
12188 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12189 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12190 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12191 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12192
12193 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12194 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12195 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12196 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12197
12198 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12199 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12200 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12201 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12202 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12203 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12204
12205 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12206 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12207
12208 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12209 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12210 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12211 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12212 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12213 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12214 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12215 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12216 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12217 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12218 The subheadings remain visible.
12219 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12220
12221 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12222 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12223 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12224
12225 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12226 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12227
12228 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12229 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12230 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12231 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12232
12233 ;;;***
12234 \f
12235 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15192 12215))
12236 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12237
12238 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12239 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12240 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12242 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12243
12244 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12245
12246 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12247
12248 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12249 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12250 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12251 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12252
12253 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12254 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12255
12256 ;;;***
12257 \f
12258 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
12259 ;;;;;; 14481))
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12261
12262 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12263 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12264 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12265
12266 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12267 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12268
12269 Other useful functions are:
12270
12271 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12272 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12273 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12274 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12275 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12276 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12277 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12278 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12279 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12280
12281 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12282
12283 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12284 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12285 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12286 Indentation for case statements.
12287 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12288 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12289 mark after an end.
12290 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12291 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12292 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12293 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12294 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12295 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12296 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12297 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12298 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12299 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12300
12301 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12302 pascal-separator-keywords.
12303
12304 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12305 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12306
12307 ;;;***
12308 \f
12309 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12310 ;;;;;; (15223 37895))
12311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12312
12313 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12314 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12315 The keys affected are:
12316 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12317 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12318 M-Backspace does undo.
12319 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12320 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12321 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12322
12323 ;;;***
12324 \f
12325 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12326 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15192 12224))
12327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12328
12329 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12330 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12331
12332 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12333
12334 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12335 which modify the status of the mark.
12336
12337 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12338 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12339
12340 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12341 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12342
12343 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12344 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12345 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12346 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
12347 turning pc-selection-mode on.
12348
12349 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12350 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12351
12352 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12353 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12354 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12355
12356 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12357 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12358 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12359
12360 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12361 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12362
12363 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12364 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12365 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12366
12367 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12368 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12369 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12370
12371 F6 other-window
12372 DELETE delete-char
12373 C-DELETE kill-line
12374 M-DELETE kill-word
12375 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12376 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12377 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12378
12379 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12380 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12381 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12382 and cursor movement commands.
12383 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12384 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12385
12386 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12387
12388 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12389
12390 ;;;***
12391 \f
12392 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15192
12393 ;;;;;; 12215))
12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12395
12396 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12397 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12398
12399 ;;;***
12400 \f
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12402 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15192 12215))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12404
12405 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12406 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12407
12408 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12409 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12410
12411 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12412 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12413
12414 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12415 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12416
12417 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12418
12419 ;;;***
12420 \f
12421 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12422 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15192 12215))
12423 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12424
12425 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12426 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12427
12428 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12429 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12430
12431 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12432 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12433
12434 ;;;***
12435 \f
12436 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15192
12437 ;;;;;; 12215))
12438 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12439
12440 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12441 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12442 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12443 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12444 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12445 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12446
12447 ;;;***
12448 \f
12449 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12450 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12451 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15192 12215))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12453
12454 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12455 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12456
12457 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12458
12459 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12460 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12461
12462 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12463 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12464
12465 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12466 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12467
12468 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12469
12470 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12471 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12474 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12475
12476 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12477 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12482 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12483 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15192
12484 ;;;;;; 12215))
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12486
12487 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12488 Support extensible programmable completion.
12489 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12490 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12491
12492 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12493 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12494
12495 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12496 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12497 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12498
12499 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12500 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12501
12502 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12503 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12504 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12505
12506 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12507 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12508
12509 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12510 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12511
12512 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12513 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12514 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12515 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12516 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12517
12518 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12519 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12520
12521 ;;;***
12522 \f
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12524 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12525 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15279 8859))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12527
12528 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12529 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12530 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12531 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12532
12533 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12534
12535 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12536 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12537 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12538 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12539 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12540 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12541 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12542
12543 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12544 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12545 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12546 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12547 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12548 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12549 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12550 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12551
12552 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12553 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12554 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12555 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12556 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12557 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12558
12559 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12560 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12561 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12562 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12563 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12564 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12565 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12566
12567 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12568
12569 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12570 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12571 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12572
12573 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12574 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12575 NIL means never do it.
12576 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12577 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12578 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12579
12580 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12581 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12582 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12583
12584 ;;;***
12585 \f
12586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15192 12216))
12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12588
12589 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12590
12591 ;;;***
12592 \f
12593 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12594 ;;;;;; (15293 42343))
12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12596
12597 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12598 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12599 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12600 Tab indents for Perl code.
12601 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12602 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12604 \\{perl-mode-map}
12605 Variables controlling indentation style:
12606 `perl-tab-always-indent'
12607 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12608 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12609 `perl-tab-to-comment'
12610 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12611 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12612 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12613 `perl-nochange'
12614 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12615 `perl-indent-level'
12616 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12617 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12618 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12619 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
12620 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12621 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12622 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
12623 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12624 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12625 `perl-brace-offset'
12626 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12627 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
12628 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12629 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12630 `perl-label-offset'
12631 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12632 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
12633 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
12634
12635 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12636 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12637 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12638 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12639 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12640 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12641 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12642
12643 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12644
12645 ;;;***
12646 \f
12647 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12648 ;;;;;; (15192 12247))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12650
12651 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12652 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12653 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12654 afterwards settable by these commands:
12655 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12656 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12657 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12658 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12659 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12660 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12661 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12662 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12663 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12664 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12665 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12666 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12667 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12668 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12669 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12670 with these commands:
12671 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12672 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12673 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12674 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12675 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12676 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12677 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12678 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12679 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12680 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12681 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12682 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12683 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12684 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12685 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12686 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12687 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12688 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12689 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12690 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12691 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12692 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12693 text is saved in the kill ring.
12694 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12695 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12696 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12697 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12698 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12699 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12700 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12701 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12702 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12703 commands if invoked soon enough.
12704 You can return to the previous mode with:
12705 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12706 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12707
12708 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12709
12710 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12711 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12712
12713 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12714
12715 ;;;***
12716 \f
12717 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15192 12239))
12718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12719
12720 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12721 Play pong and waste time.
12722 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12723 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12724
12725 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12726
12727 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12728
12729 ;;;***
12730 \f
12731 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15254 8041))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12734
12735 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12736 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12737 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12738 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12739 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12740
12741 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12742 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12743 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12744 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12745 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12748 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12749 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12750 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12751
12752 ;;;***
12753 \f
12754 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12755 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12757
12758 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12759 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12760 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12761 Commands:
12762 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12763 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12764 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12765
12766 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12767 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12768
12769 ;;;***
12770 \f
12771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 39402))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12773
12774 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12775 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12776 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12777
12778 ;;;***
12779 \f
12780 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15192
12781 ;;;;;; 12245))
12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12783
12784 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12785 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12786
12787 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12788
12789 The following variables hold user options, and can
12790 be set through the `customize' command:
12791
12792 ps-mode-auto-indent
12793 ps-mode-tab
12794 ps-mode-paper-size
12795 ps-mode-print-function
12796 ps-run-prompt
12797 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12798 ps-run-x
12799 ps-run-dumb
12800 ps-run-init
12801 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12802 ps-run-tmp-dir
12803
12804 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12805
12806
12807 \\{ps-mode-map}
12808
12809
12810 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12811 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12812 The keymap for this second window is:
12813
12814 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12815
12816
12817 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12818 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12819 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12820 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12821 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12822 " t nil)
12823
12824 ;;;***
12825 \f
12826 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12827 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12828 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12829 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15275 13004))
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12831
12832 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12833 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12834
12835 Valid values are:
12836
12837 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12838 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12839 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12840 changed by setting the variable
12841 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12842 The initial value of this variable is
12843 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12844 documentation).
12845
12846 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12847 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12848 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12849 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12850 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12851 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12852 test it.
12853
12854 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12855 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12856 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12857 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12858 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12859 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12860 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12861 use this value, be sure to have installed
12862 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12863 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12864 documentation of this variable).
12865
12866 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12867 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12868 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12869 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12870 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12871 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12872
12873 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12874
12875 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12876 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12877 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12878
12879 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12880
12881 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12882 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12883
12884 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12885
12886 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12887
12888 Returns the value:
12889
12890 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12891
12892 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12893 the sequence." nil nil)
12894
12895 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12896 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12897
12898 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12899 composition.
12900
12901 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12902
12903 Returns the value:
12904
12905 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12906
12907 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12908 the sequence." nil nil)
12909
12910 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12911 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12912
12913 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12914 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12915 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12916
12917 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12918 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12919
12920 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12921 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12922 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12923
12924 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12925
12926 ;;;***
12927 \f
12928 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12929 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12930 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12931 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12932 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12933 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15275 13004))
12934 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12935
12936 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12937 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12938 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12939 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12940
12941 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12942 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12943
12944 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12945 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12946
12947 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12948 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12949 sending it to the printer.
12950
12951 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12952 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12953 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12954
12955 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12956 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12957 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12958 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12959 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12960
12961 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12962 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12963 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12964
12965 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12966 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12967 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12968 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12969 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12970
12971 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12972 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12973 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
12974 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12975
12976 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12977
12978 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12979 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12980 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12981 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12982 so it has a way to determine color values.
12983
12984 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12985
12986 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12987 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12988 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12989
12990 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12991
12992 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12993 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12994 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12995 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12996 so it has a way to determine color values.
12997
12998 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12999
13000 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13001 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13002
13003 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13004 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13005 instead of sending it to the printer.
13006
13007 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13008 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13009 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13010
13011 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13012 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13013 current ps-print setup.
13014 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13015 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13016
13017 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13018 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13019 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13022 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13023 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13024
13025 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13026 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13027
13028 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13029 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13030
13031 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13032 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13033
13034 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13035 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13036
13037 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13038
13039 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13040
13041 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13042 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13043
13044 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13045 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13046
13047 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13048 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13049
13050 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13051
13052 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13053
13054 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13055
13056 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13057 foreground and background colors respectively.
13058
13059 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13060 bold - use bold font.
13061 italic - use italic font.
13062 underline - put a line under text.
13063 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13064 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13065 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13066 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13067 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13068
13069 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13070
13071 ;;;***
13072 \f
13073 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13074 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13075 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13076 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13077 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15255 11737))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13079
13080 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13081 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13082
13083 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13084 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13085 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13086
13087 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13088 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13089
13090 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13091 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13092 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13093 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13094 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13095 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13096 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13097
13098 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13099 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13100 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13101 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13102 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13103 shown.
13104 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13105
13106 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13107 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13108 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13109 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13110 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13111 list of candidates.
13112
13113 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13114 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13115 command to be called.
13116
13117 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13118 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13119 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13120 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13121
13122 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13123 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13124 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13125 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13126 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13127 to t.
13128
13129 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13130 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13131 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13132 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13133
13134 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13135 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13136 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13137 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13138
13139 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13140 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13141 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13142 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13143 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13144 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13145
13146 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13147 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13148 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13149 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13150 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13151 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13152
13153 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13154 covers Quail translation region.
13155
13156 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13157 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13158 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13159 for it) is inserted.
13160
13161 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13162 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13163 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13164
13165 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13166 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13167 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13170 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13171
13172 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13173 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13174 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13175 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13176 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13177
13178 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13179 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13180
13181 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13182 keyboard type." t nil)
13183
13184 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13185 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13186 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13187 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13188 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13189 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13190 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13191 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13192 for the translation.
13193 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13194
13195 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13196 it is used to handle KEY.
13197
13198 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13199 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13200 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13201 the following annotation types are supported.
13202
13203 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13204 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13205
13206 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13207 candidate list.
13208
13209 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13210 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13211 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13212 inserted.
13213
13214 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13215 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13216
13217 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13218 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13219
13220 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13221 which to install MAP.
13222
13223 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13224
13225 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13226 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13227
13228 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13229 which to install MAP.
13230
13231 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13232
13233 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13234 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13235 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13236 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13237 a function, or a cons.
13238 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13239 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13240 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13241 for the translation.
13242 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13243 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13244 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13245 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13246 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13247
13248 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13249 it is used to handle KEY.
13250
13251 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13252 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13253 current Quail package.
13254
13255 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13256 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13257
13258 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13259 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13260
13261 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13262 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13263
13264 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13265
13266 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13267 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13268
13269 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13270 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13271 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13272 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13273 of the Emacs source tree.
13274
13275 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13276 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13277
13278 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13279 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13280 of each directory." t nil)
13281
13282 ;;;***
13283 \f
13284 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13285 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13286 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15192
13287 ;;;;;; 12237))
13288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13289
13290 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13291 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13292 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13293 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13294
13295 To make use of this do something like:
13296
13297 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13298
13299 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13300
13301 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13302 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13303
13304 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13305 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13306 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13307
13308 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13309 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13310
13311 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13312 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13313
13314 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13315 is decided." t nil)
13316
13317 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13318 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13319
13320 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13321 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13322 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13323
13324 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13325 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13326
13327 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13328 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13329
13330 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13331 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13332
13333 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13334
13335 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13336
13337 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13338 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13339
13340 ;;;***
13341 \f
13342 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15192
13343 ;;;;;; 12237))
13344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13345
13346 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13347 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13348 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13349
13350 ;;;***
13351 \f
13352 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13353 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
13354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13355
13356 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13357 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13358
13359 ;;;***
13360 \f
13361 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13362 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13363 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15210 48798))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13365
13366 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13367 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13368
13369 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13370 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13371
13372 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13373 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13374
13375 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13376 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13377 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13378 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13379 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13380
13381 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13382 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13383
13384 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13385 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13386 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13388 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13389
13390 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13391
13392 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13393
13394 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13395 Toggle recentf mode.
13396 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13397 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13398
13399 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13400 were operated on recently." t nil)
13401
13402 ;;;***
13403 \f
13404 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13405 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13406 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13407 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15292
13408 ;;;;;; 25968))
13409 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13410
13411 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13412 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13413 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13414 spaces and tab.
13415
13416 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13417 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13418
13419 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13420 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13421 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13422 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13423 ends.
13424
13425 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13426 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13427 to be deleted." t nil)
13428
13429 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13430 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13431 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13432
13433 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13434 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13435 deleted." nil nil)
13436
13437 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13438 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13439 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13440
13441 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13442 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13443
13444 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13445 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13446
13447 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13448 deleted." t nil)
13449
13450 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13451 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13452
13453 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13454 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13455 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13456 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13457 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13458 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13459 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13460
13461 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13462 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13463
13464 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13465 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13466
13467 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13468 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13469 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13470 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13471
13472 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13473 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13474 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13475 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13476 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13477
13478 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13479 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13480
13481 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13482 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13483 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13484
13485 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13486
13487 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13488 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13489
13490 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13491 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13492 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13493
13494 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13495 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13496 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13497
13498 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13500 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13501
13502 ;;;***
13503 \f
13504 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15185
13505 ;;;;;; 36006))
13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13507
13508 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13509 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13510 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13511
13512 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13513 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13514 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13515
13516 ;;;***
13517 \f
13518 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13519 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
13520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13521
13522 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13523 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13524
13525 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13526 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13527
13528 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13529 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13530
13531 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13532 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13533 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13534 \\ref macro.
13535
13536 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13537 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13538 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13539
13540 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13541 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13542 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13543
13544 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13545 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13546
13547 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13548 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13549
13550 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13551 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13552 on the menu bar.
13553
13554 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13555
13556 ;;;***
13557 \f
13558 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13559 ;;;;;; (15192 12247))
13560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13561
13562 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13563 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13564 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13565 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13566 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13567 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13568
13569 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13570
13571 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13572
13573 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13574 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13575 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13576 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13577
13578 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13579 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13580 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13581 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13582
13583 ;;;***
13584 \f
13585 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13586 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13588
13589 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13590 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13591 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13592
13593 To insert new phrases, use
13594 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13595 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13596
13597 To index phrases use one of:
13598
13599 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13600 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13601 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13602 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13603 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13604
13605 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13606 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13607
13608 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13609
13610 Here are all local bindings.
13611
13612 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13613
13614 ;;;***
13615 \f
13616 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13617 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
13618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13619
13620 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13621 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13622 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13623 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13624 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13625 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13626
13627 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13628 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13629
13630 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13631 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13632
13633 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13634 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13635 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13636 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13637
13638 ;;;***
13639 \f
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15185 35996))
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13642
13643 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13644 Repeat most recently executed command.
13645 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13646 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13647 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13648
13649 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13650 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13651 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13652
13653 ;;;***
13654 \f
13655 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13656 ;;;;;; (15192 12235))
13657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13658
13659 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13660 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13661
13662 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13663 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13664 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13665 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13666 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13667 and point is left after the salutation.
13668
13669 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13670 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13671 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13672 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13673 left after that text.
13674
13675 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13676 is non-nil.
13677
13678 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13679 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13680 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13681 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13682
13683 ;;;***
13684 \f
13685 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13686 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13687 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13688
13689 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13690 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13691 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13692 visibility of comments that precede it.
13693 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13694 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13695 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13696 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13697 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13698 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13699 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13700 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13701 the comment lines.
13702 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13703 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13704 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13705 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13706 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13707 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13708
13709 ;;;***
13710 \f
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13712 ;;;;;; 50658))
13713 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13714
13715 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13716 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13717
13718 ;;;***
13719 \f
13720 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
13721 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
13722 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15298 53573))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
13724
13725 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
13726 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13727 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
13728 If emacs is not running under a window system,
13729 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
13730
13731 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
13732 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13733 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
13734 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
13735 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
13736
13737 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
13738 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
13739 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13741 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
13742
13743 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13744
13745 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
13746
13747 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
13748 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode
13749 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
13750 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
13751 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
13752 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
13753 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
13754
13755 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13756 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
13757
13758 ;;;***
13759 \f
13760 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13761 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13763
13764 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13765 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13766
13767 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13768 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13769
13770 ;;;***
13771 \f
13772 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13774 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13775
13776 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13777 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13778 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13779 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13780
13781 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13782
13783 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13784 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13785 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13786 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13787
13788 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13789 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13790
13791 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13792 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13793
13794 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13795 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13796 INPUT-ARGS.
13797
13798 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13799 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13800 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13801 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13802 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13803
13804 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13805 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13806 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13807 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13808
13809 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13810 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13811 variable." t nil)
13812
13813 ;;;***
13814 \f
13815 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13816 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13817 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13818 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13819 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13820 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13821 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15269 48090))
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13823
13824 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13825 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13826 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13827 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13828
13829 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13830 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13831 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13832 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13833 value is the user's name.)
13834 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13835
13836 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13837 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13838 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13839 which normally happens once for each message,
13840 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13841 To make a change in this variable take effect
13842 for a message that you have already viewed,
13843 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13844
13845 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13846 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13847 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13848 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13849
13850 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13851 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13852
13853 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13854 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13855 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13856 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13857
13858 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13859 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13860
13861 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13862 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13863
13864 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13865 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13866 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13867 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13868 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13869
13870 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13871 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13872
13873 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13874 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13875
13876 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13877 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13878
13879 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13880 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13881
13882 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13883 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13884
13885 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13886 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13887
13888 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13889 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13890
13891 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13892 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13893
13894 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13895 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13896 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13897 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13898
13899 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13900 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13901
13902 This is set to nil by default.")
13903
13904 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13905 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13906 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13907 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13908 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13909
13910 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13911 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13912 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13913 It is called with no argument.")
13914
13915 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13916 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13917 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13918 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13919 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13920 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13921
13922 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
13923 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
13924 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13925 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13926 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13927 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13928
13929 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13930 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13931 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13932 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13933 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13934
13935 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13936 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13937 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13938 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13939 MSG is the message number,
13940 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13941 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13942
13943 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13944 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13945 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13946 this feature is required with `require'.")
13947
13948 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13949 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13950 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13951 the message is decoded as normal way.
13952
13953 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13954 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13955 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13956
13957 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13958 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13959 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13960
13961 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13962 Read and edit incoming mail.
13963 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13964 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13965 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13966
13967 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13968 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13969 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13970 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13971
13972 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13975 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13976 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13977 Instead, these commands are available:
13978
13979 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13980 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13981 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13982 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13983 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13984 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13985 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13986 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13987 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13988 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13989 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13990 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13991 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13992 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13993 till a deleted message is found.
13994 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13995 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13996 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13997 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13998 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13999 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14000 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14001 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14002 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14003 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14004 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14005 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14006 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14007 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14008 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14009 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14010 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14011 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14012 (label defaults to last one specified).
14013 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14014 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14015 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14016 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14017 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14018 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14019 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14020 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14021 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14022
14023 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14024 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14027 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14028
14029 ;;;***
14030 \f
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14032 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14034
14035 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14036 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14037
14038 ;;;***
14039 \f
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14041 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14042 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15192 12236))
14043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14044
14045 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14046 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14047 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14048
14049 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14050 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14051 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14052
14053 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14054
14055 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14056 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14057 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14058 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14059 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14062 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14063 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14064 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14065 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14066
14067 ;;;***
14068 \f
14069 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14070 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14071 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14072
14073 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14074 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14075 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14076 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14077
14078 ;;;***
14079 \f
14080 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14081 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14082 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15192 12236))
14083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14084
14085 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14086 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14087 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14088 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14089 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14090 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14091 a file name as a string.")
14092
14093 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14094 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14095 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14096 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14097 buffer visiting that file.
14098 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14099 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14100
14101 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14102 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14103
14104 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14105 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14106
14107 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14108 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14109
14110 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14111 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14112
14113 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14114 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14115 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14116 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14117 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14118
14119 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14120 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14121 will be appended with their original headers.
14122
14123 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14124 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14125
14126 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14127 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14128
14129 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14130
14131 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14132 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14133 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14134
14135 ;;;***
14136 \f
14137 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14138 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14139 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15192
14140 ;;;;;; 12236))
14141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14142
14143 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14144 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14145 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14146
14147 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14148 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14149 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14150
14151 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14152 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14153 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14154
14155 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14156 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14157 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14158
14159 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14160 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14161 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14162
14163 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14164 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14165 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14166
14167 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14168 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14169 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14170 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14171
14172 ;;;***
14173 \f
14174 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14175 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14176 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14177 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14178 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15293 42343))
14179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14180
14181 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14182 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14183
14184 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14185 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14186
14187 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14188 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14189
14190 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14191 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14192 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14193
14194 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14195 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14196 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14197 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14198 only look in the To and From fields.
14199 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14200
14201 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14202 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14203 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14204 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14205 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14206
14207 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14208 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14209 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14210 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14211 look in the whole message.
14212 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14213
14214 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14215 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14216 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14217
14218 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14219 *Function to decode summary-line.
14220
14221 By default, `identity' is set.")
14222
14223 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14224 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14225 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14226 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14227 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14228 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14229 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14230
14231 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14232 sent by you under different user names.
14233 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14234
14235 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14236
14237 ;;;***
14238 \f
14239 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14240 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14242
14243 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14244 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14245 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14246 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14247
14248 ;;;***
14249 \f
14250 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14251 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15192 12217))
14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14253
14254 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14255 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14256 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14257
14258 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14259 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14260 in rot 13.
14261
14262 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14263
14264 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14265 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14266
14267 ;;;***
14268 \f
14269 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14270 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14271 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14272 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14273 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14275
14276 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14277 *This variable is obsolete.")
14278
14279 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14280
14281 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14282
14283 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14284 *This variable is obsolete.")
14285
14286 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14287 *This variable is obsolete.")
14288
14289 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14290 *This variable is obsolete.")
14291
14292 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14293 *This variable is obsolete.")
14294
14295 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14296 *This variable is obsolete.")
14297
14298 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14299 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14300
14301 ;;;***
14302 \f
14303 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
14304 ;;;;;; 6955))
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14306
14307 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14308 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14309 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14310 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14311
14312 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14313 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14314 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14315
14316 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14317 notation.
14318
14319 STRING
14320 matches string STRING literally.
14321
14322 CHAR
14323 matches character CHAR literally.
14324
14325 `not-newline'
14326 matches any character except a newline.
14327 .
14328 `anything'
14329 matches any character
14330
14331 `(any SET)'
14332 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14333 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14334
14335 '(in SET)'
14336 like `any'.
14337
14338 `(not (any SET))'
14339 matches any character not in SET
14340
14341 `line-start'
14342 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14343 in the text being matched
14344
14345 `line-end'
14346 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14347
14348 `string-start'
14349 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14350 string being matched against.
14351
14352 `string-end'
14353 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14354 string being matched against.
14355
14356 `buffer-start'
14357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14358 buffer being matched against.
14359
14360 `buffer-end'
14361 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14362 buffer being matched against.
14363
14364 `point'
14365 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14366
14367 `word-start'
14368 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14369 word.
14370
14371 `word-end'
14372 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14373
14374 `word-boundary'
14375 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14376 word.
14377
14378 `(not word-boundary)'
14379 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14380 word.
14381
14382 `digit'
14383 matches 0 through 9.
14384
14385 `control'
14386 matches ASCII control characters.
14387
14388 `hex-digit'
14389 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14390
14391 `blank'
14392 matches space and tab only.
14393
14394 `graphic'
14395 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14396 space, and DEL.
14397
14398 `printing'
14399 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14400 and DEL.
14401
14402 `alphanumeric'
14403 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14404 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14405
14406 `letter'
14407 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14408 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14409
14410 `ascii'
14411 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14412
14413 `nonascii'
14414 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14415
14416 `lower'
14417 matches anything lower-case.
14418
14419 `upper'
14420 matches anything upper-case.
14421
14422 `punctuation'
14423 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14424 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14425
14426 `space'
14427 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14428
14429 `word'
14430 matches anything that has word syntax.
14431
14432 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14433 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14434 of the following symbols.
14435
14436 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14437 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14438 `word' (\\sw)
14439 `symbol' (\\s_)
14440 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14441 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14442 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14443 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14444 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14445 `escape' (\\s\\)
14446 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14447 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14448 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14449
14450 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14451 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14452
14453 `(category CATEGORY)'
14454 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14455 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14456
14457 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14458 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14459 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
14460 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
14461 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
14462 `symbol' (\\c5)
14463 `digit' (\\c6)
14464 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
14465 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
14466 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
14467 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
14468 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
14469 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
14470 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
14471 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
14472 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
14473 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
14474 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
14475 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
14476 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
14477 `ascii' (\\ca)
14478 `arabic' (\\cb)
14479 `chinese' (\\cc)
14480 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
14481 `greek' (\\cg)
14482 `korean' (\\ch)
14483 `indian' (\\ci)
14484 `japanese' (\\cj)
14485 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
14486 `latin' (\\cl)
14487 `lao' (\\co)
14488 `tibetan' (\\cq)
14489 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
14490 `thai' (\\ct)
14491 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
14492 `hebrew' (\\cw)
14493 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
14494 `can-break' (\\c|)
14495
14496 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14497 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14498
14499 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14500 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14501
14502 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14503 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14504 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14505
14506 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14507 another name for `submatch'.
14508
14509 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14510 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14511 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14512 regular expression.
14513
14514 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14515 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14516 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
14517 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14518 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14519
14520 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14521 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14522
14523 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14524 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14525
14526 `(0+ SEXP)'
14527 like `zero-or-more'.
14528
14529 `(* SEXP)'
14530 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14531
14532 `(*? SEXP)'
14533 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14534
14535 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
14536 matches one or more occurrences of A.
14537
14538 `(1+ SEXP)'
14539 like `one-or-more'.
14540
14541 `(+ SEXP)'
14542 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14543
14544 `(+? SEXP)'
14545 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14546
14547 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
14548 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
14549
14550 `(optional SEXP)'
14551 like `zero-or-one'.
14552
14553 `(? SEXP)'
14554 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14555
14556 `(?? SEXP)'
14557 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14558
14559 `(repeat N SEXP)'
14560 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14561
14562 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
14563 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14564
14565 `(eval FORM)'
14566 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
14567 `regexp-quote' it.
14568
14569 `(regexp REGEXP)'
14570 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
14571
14572 ;;;***
14573 \f
14574 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14575 ;;;;;; (15192 12245))
14576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14577
14578 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14579 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14580 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14581
14582 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14583 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14584 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14585 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14586 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14587 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14588 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14589 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14590
14591 Commands:
14592 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14593 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14594 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14595 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14596 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14597
14598 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14599 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14600 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14601
14602 Commands:
14603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14604 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14605 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14606 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14607 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14608 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14609
14610 ;;;***
14611 \f
14612 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14613 ;;;;;; (14791 59103))
14614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14615
14616 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14617 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14618 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14619
14620 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14621
14622 ;;;***
14623 \f
14624 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15192
14625 ;;;;;; 12248))
14626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14627
14628 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14629 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14630 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14631 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14632
14633 Interesting variables:
14634
14635 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
14636 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14637
14638 scribe-electric-quote
14639 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14640
14641 scribe-electric-parenthesis
14642 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14643 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14644
14645 ;;;***
14646 \f
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14648 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15192 12217))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14650
14651 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14652 Control/track scroll locking.
14653
14654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14655 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14656
14657 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14658
14659 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14660
14661 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14662 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
14663
14664 ;;;***
14665 \f
14666 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14667 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14668 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14669 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14670 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14671 ;;;;;; (15292 25972))
14672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14673
14674 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14675 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14676
14677 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14678 king@grassland.com
14679 If `parens', they look like:
14680 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14681 If `angles', they look like:
14682 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14683 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14684 derived from the envelope-from address.
14685
14686 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14687 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14688 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14689 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14690
14691 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14692 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14693 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14694 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14695
14696 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14697 is a privileged operation.")
14698
14699 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14700 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14701 This is done when the message is initialized,
14702 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14703
14704 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14705 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14706 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14707
14708 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14709 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14710
14711 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14712 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14713 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14714 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
14715 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
14716 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14717 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14718
14719 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14720 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14721
14722 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14723 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14724 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14725
14726 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14727 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14728 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14729 when you first send mail.")
14730
14731 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14732 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14733 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14734 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14735 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14736
14737 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14738 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14739 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14740 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14741 This file need not actually exist.")
14742
14743 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14744 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14745 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14746 If a string, that string is inserted.
14747 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14748 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14749 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14750 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14751
14752 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14753 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14754 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14755 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14756 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14757 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14758 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14759 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
14760 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14761 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14762 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14763 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14764 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14765 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14766 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14767
14768 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14769 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14770 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14771 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14772 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14773 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14774
14775 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14776 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14777 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14778
14779 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14780 User should not set this variable manually,
14781 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14782 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14783 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14784 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14785
14786 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14787 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14788 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14789 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14790
14791 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14792 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14793
14794 \\<mail-mode-map>
14795 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14796
14797 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14798 to move to message header fields:
14799 \\{mail-mode-map}
14800
14801 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14802 when the message is initialized.
14803
14804 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14805 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14806
14807 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14808 is inserted.
14809
14810 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14811 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14812
14813 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14814 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14815
14816 The second through fifth arguments,
14817 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14818 the initial contents of those header fields.
14819 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14820 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14821 original message being replied to, or else an action
14822 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14823 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14824 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14825 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14826 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14827 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14828
14829 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14830 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14831
14832 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14833 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14834
14835 ;;;***
14836 \f
14837 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15256 50712))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14839
14840 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14841 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14842 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14843 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14844 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14845 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14846
14847 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14848
14849 ;;;***
14850 \f
14851 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14852 ;;;;;; (15293 58088))
14853 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14854
14855 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14856 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14857 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14858 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14859 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14860
14861 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14862 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14863 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14864
14865 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14866 your `.emacs' file.
14867
14868 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14869
14870 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14871 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14872 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14873
14874 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14875 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14876 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14877 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14878 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14879 which this is based.
14880
14881 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14882
14883 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14884 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14885 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14886 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14887
14888 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14889 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14890 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14891
14892 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14893 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14894 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14895 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14896
14897 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14898 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14899 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14900 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14901
14902 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14903
14904 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14905 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14906 To work around that, do:
14907 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14908
14909 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14910
14911 ;;;***
14912 \f
14913 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14914 ;;;;;; (15155 16529))
14915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14916
14917 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14918
14919 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14920 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14921 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14922 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14923 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14924 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14925
14926 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14927 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14928 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14929 shell-specific features.
14930
14931 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14932 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14933 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14934
14935 \\[sh-case] case statement
14936 \\[sh-for] for loop
14937 \\[sh-function] function definition
14938 \\[sh-if] if statement
14939 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14940 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14941 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14942 \\[sh-select] select loop
14943 \\[sh-until] until loop
14944 \\[sh-while] while loop
14945
14946 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14947 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14948 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14949 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14950 would indent to the way it currently is.
14951 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14952 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14953
14954
14955 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14956 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14957 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14958 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14959 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14960 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14961
14962 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14963 {, (, [, ', \", `
14964 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14965
14966 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14967 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14968 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14969
14970 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14971 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14972
14973 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14974
14975 ;;;***
14976 \f
14977 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14978 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
14979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14980
14981 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14982 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14983
14984 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14985 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14986 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14987 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14988 the earlier.
14989
14990 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14991
14992 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14993
14994 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14995 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14996 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14997
14998 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14999 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15000
15001 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15002 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15003 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15004 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15005 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15006 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15007 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15008 emacs version).
15009
15010 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15011 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15012 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15013 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15014 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15015
15016 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15017 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15018 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15019
15020 ;;;***
15021 \f
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15023 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15192
15024 ;;;;;; 12217))
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15026
15027 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15028 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15029 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15030 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15031 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15032 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15033 in the cluster." t nil)
15034
15035 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15036 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15037 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15038 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15039 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15040
15041 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15042 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15043 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15044 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15045 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15046 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15047 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15048
15049 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15050 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15051
15052 ;;;***
15053 \f
15054 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15055 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
15056 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15057
15058 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15059 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15060 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15061 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15062 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15063 arguments.")
15064
15065 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15066 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15067 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15068 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15069 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15070 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15071 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15072 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15073 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15074 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15075 discards input when it starts up.)
15076 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15077 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15078 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15079
15080 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15081 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15082 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15083 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15084 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15085 `default-process-coding-system'.
15086
15087 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15088 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15089 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15090 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15091
15092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15093 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15094
15095 ;;;***
15096 \f
15097 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15192
15098 ;;;;;; 12245))
15099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15100
15101 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15102 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15103 \\{simula-mode-map}
15104 Variables controlling indentation style:
15105 simula-tab-always-indent
15106 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15107 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15108 simula-indent-level
15109 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15110 simula-substatement-offset
15111 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15112 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15113 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15114 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15115 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15116 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15117 simula-label-offset -4711
15118 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15119 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15120 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15121 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15122 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15123 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15124 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15125 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15126 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15127 simula-electric-indent nil
15128 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15129 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15130 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15131 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15132 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15133 or nil if they should not be changed.
15134 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15135 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15136 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15137 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15138
15139 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15140 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15141
15142 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15143 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15144 at all." t nil)
15145
15146 ;;;***
15147 \f
15148 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15149 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15150 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
15151 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15152
15153 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15154 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15155
15156 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15157 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15158 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15159 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15160 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15161
15162 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15163 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15164 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15165 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15166 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15167 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15168 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15169
15170 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15171 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15172 ignored." t nil)
15173
15174 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15175 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15176 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15177 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15178 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15179 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15180 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15181
15182 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15183 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15184 ignored." t nil)
15185
15186 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15187 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15188
15189 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15190 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15191 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15192 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15193
15194 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15195 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15196 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15197 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15198
15199 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15200 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15201 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15202
15203 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15204 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15205
15206 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15207 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15208
15209 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15210 _ interesting point, interregion here
15211 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15212 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15213 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15214 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15215 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15216 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15217 nil skipped
15218
15219 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15220 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15221
15222 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15223 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15224 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15225 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15226 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15227 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15228 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15229 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15230
15231 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15232 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15233 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15234 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15235 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15236 available:
15237
15238 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15239 then: insert previously read string once more
15240 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15241 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15242 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15243
15244 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15245 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15246
15247 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15248 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15249
15250 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15251 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15252 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15253 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15254 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15255 such as backslash.
15256
15257 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15258 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15259 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15260
15261 ;;;***
15262 \f
15263 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15209
15264 ;;;;;; 13374))
15265 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15266
15267 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15268 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15269 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15270
15271 ;;;***
15272 \f
15273 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15274 ;;;;;; (14906 580))
15275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15276
15277 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15278 Display textual smileys as images.
15279 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15280 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15281 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15282
15283 ;;;***
15284 \f
15285 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15286 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15288
15289 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15290
15291 ;;;***
15292 \f
15293 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15292 25972))
15294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15295
15296 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15297 Play the Snake game.
15298 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15299
15300 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15301
15302 snake-mode keybindings:
15303 \\<snake-mode-map>
15304 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15305 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15306 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15307 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15308 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15309 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15310 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
15311
15312 " t nil)
15313
15314 ;;;***
15315 \f
15316 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15317 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
15318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15319
15320 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15321 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15322 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15323 Tab indents for C code.
15324 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15325 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15326 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15327 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15328 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15329
15330 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15331 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15332 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15333 Tab indents for C code.
15334 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15336 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15337 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15338 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15339
15340 ;;;***
15341 \f
15342 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15343 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15344 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15192 12221))
15345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15346
15347 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15348 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15349
15350 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15351 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15352 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15353
15354 For example, the form
15355
15356 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15357 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15358
15359 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15360
15361 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15362 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15363
15364 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15365 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15366 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15367 York City.
15368
15369 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15370
15371 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15372 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15373
15374 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15375 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15376 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15377 York City.
15378
15379 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15380
15381 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15382 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15383 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15384 pair.
15385
15386 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15387
15388 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15389 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15390 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15391
15392 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15393 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15394
15395 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15396
15397 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15398 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15399 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15400
15401 ;;;***
15402 \f
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
15404 ;;;;;; 20348))
15405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15406
15407 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15408 Play Solitaire.
15409
15410 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15411 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15412 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15413 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15414 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15415 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15416 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15417 check after each move or undo)
15418
15419 What is Solitaire?
15420
15421 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15422 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15423 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15424
15425 Le Solitaire
15426 ============
15427
15428 o o o
15429
15430 o o o
15431
15432 o o o o o o o
15433
15434 o o o . o o o
15435
15436 o o o o o o o
15437
15438 o o o
15439
15440 o o o
15441
15442 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15443 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15444 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15445 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15446
15447 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15448 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15449 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15450 this: o o .
15451
15452 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15453 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15454
15455 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15456
15457 o o o
15458
15459 . o o
15460
15461 o o . o o o o
15462
15463 o . o o o o o
15464
15465 o o o o o o o
15466
15467 o o o
15468
15469 o o o
15470
15471 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15472
15473 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
15474
15475 ;;;***
15476 \f
15477 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15478 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15479 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15192 12217))
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15481
15482 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15483 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15484 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15485
15486 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15487 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15488 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15489 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15490 contiguous.
15491
15492 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15493 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15494 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15495 the sort order.
15496
15497 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15498 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15499
15500 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15501 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15502 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15503 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15504 is called.
15505
15506 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15507 It should move point to the end of the record.
15508
15509 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15510 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15511 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15512 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15513 starts at the beginning of the record.
15514
15515 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15516 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15517 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15518
15519 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15520 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15521 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15522 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15523 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15524 the sort order." t nil)
15525
15526 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15527 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15528 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15529 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15530 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15531 the sort order." t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15534 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15535 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15536 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15537 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15538 the sort order." t nil)
15539
15540 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
15541 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
15542 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15543 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
15544 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
15545 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
15546 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15547 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15548 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
15549
15550 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
15551 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
15552 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15553 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15554 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15555 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15556 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15557 the sort order." t nil)
15558
15559 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15560 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15561 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15562 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
15563 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15564 is to be used for sorting.
15565 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
15566 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15567 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
15568 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15569 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15570
15571 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15572
15573 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15574 the sort order.
15575
15576 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15577 starting with the letter \"f\",
15578 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
15579
15580 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15581 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15582 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15583 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15584 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15585 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15586 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15587 the sort order.
15588
15589 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15590 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15591 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15592 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15593 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15594
15595 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15596 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15597 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15598
15599 ;;;***
15600 \f
15601 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15602 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15192 12218))
15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15604
15605 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15606
15607 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15608 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15609 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15610 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15611 supported at a time.
15612 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15613 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15614
15615 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15616 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15617 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15618 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15619
15620 ;;;***
15621 \f
15622 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15623 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15192 12248))
15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15625
15626 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15627
15628 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15629 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15630 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15631 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15632 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15633 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15634
15635 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15636 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15637 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15638 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15639
15640 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15641 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15642 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15643 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15644 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15645
15646 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15647 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15648
15649 ;;;***
15650 \f
15651 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15652 ;;;;;; 31351))
15653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15654
15655 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15656 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15657
15658 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15659 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15660
15661 ;;;***
15662 \f
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15664 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15665 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15232 65306))
15666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15667
15668 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15669 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15670
15671 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15672 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15673
15674 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15675
15676 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15677
15678 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15679
15680 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15681 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15682 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15683 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15684 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15685 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15686 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15687 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15688
15689 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15690
15691 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15692 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15693 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15694 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15695
15696 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15697 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15698 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15699 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15700
15701 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15702 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15703 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15704
15705 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15706 Major mode to edit SQL.
15707
15708 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15709 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15710 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15711
15712 \\{sql-mode-map}
15713 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15714
15715 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15716 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15717 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15718 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15719 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15720 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15721
15722 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15723 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15724
15725 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15726 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15727
15728 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15729 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15730 `*SQL*'.
15731
15732 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15733 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15734 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15735 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15736
15737 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15738 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15739
15740 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15741 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15742 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15743 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15744 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15745 `default-process-coding-system'.
15746
15747 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15748
15749 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15750 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15751
15752 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15753 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15754 `*SQL*'.
15755
15756 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15757 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15758 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15759 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15760
15761 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15762 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15763
15764 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15765 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15766 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15767 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15768 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15769 `default-process-coding-system'.
15770
15771 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15772
15773 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15774 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15775
15776 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15777 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15778 `*SQL*'.
15779
15780 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15781 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15782
15783 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15785
15786 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15787 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15788 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15789 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15790 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15791 `default-process-coding-system'.
15792
15793 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15794
15795 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15796 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15797
15798 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15799 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15800
15801 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15802 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15803 `*SQL*'.
15804
15805 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15806 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15807 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15808 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15809
15810 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15811 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15812
15813 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15814 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15815 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15816 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15817 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15818 `default-process-coding-system'.
15819
15820 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15823 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15824
15825 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15826 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15827 `*SQL*'.
15828
15829 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15830 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15831 defaults, if set.
15832
15833 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15834 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15835
15836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15838 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15841 `default-process-coding-system'.
15842
15843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15844
15845 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15846 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15847
15848 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15849 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15850 `*SQL*'.
15851
15852 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15853 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15854
15855 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15856 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15857
15858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15859 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15860 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15863 `default-process-coding-system'.
15864
15865 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15866
15867 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15868 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15869
15870 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15871 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15872 `*SQL*'.
15873
15874 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15875 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15876 as defaults, if set.
15877
15878 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15879 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15880
15881 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15882 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15883 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15884 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15885 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15886 `default-process-coding-system'.
15887
15888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15889
15890 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15891 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15892
15893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15895 `*SQL*'.
15896
15897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15898 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15899 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15900 `sql-postgres-options'.
15901
15902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15904
15905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15907 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15910 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15911 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15912 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15913
15914 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15915 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15916
15917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15918
15919 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15920 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15921
15922 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15923 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15924 `*SQL*'.
15925
15926 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15927 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15928 defaults, if set.
15929
15930 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15931 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15932
15933 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15934 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15935 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15936 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15937 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15938 `default-process-coding-system'.
15939
15940 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15941
15942 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15943 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15944
15945 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15946 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15947 `*SQL*'.
15948
15949 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15950 automatic login.
15951
15952 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15953 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15954
15955 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
15956 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
15957 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
15958 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
15959
15960 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15961 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15962 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15963 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15964 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15965 `default-process-coding-system'.
15966
15967 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15968
15969 ;;;***
15970 \f
15971 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15972 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15973 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15974 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15975 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15976 ;;;;;; (14788 10033))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15978
15979 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15980 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15982 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15983
15984 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15985
15986 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15987
15988 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15989 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15990 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15991 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15992 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15993 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15994
15995 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15996
15997 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15998 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15999 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16000 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16001 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16002 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16003 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16004
16005 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16006 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16007 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16008 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16009 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16010 then complete the stroke with button3.
16011 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16012
16013 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16014 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16015 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16016
16017 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16018 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16019 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16022 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16023
16024 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16025
16026 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16027 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16030 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16031
16032 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16033
16034 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16035 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16036 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16037 chronologically by command name.
16038 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16039
16040 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16041 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16042 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16043 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16044 mode in all buffers when activated.
16045 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16046 new strokes with
16047
16048 > M-x global-set-stroke
16049
16050 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16051 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16052 strokes with
16053
16054 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16055 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16056
16057 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16058 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16059 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16060 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16061
16062 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16063 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16064
16065 ;;;***
16066 \f
16067 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
16068 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
16069 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16070
16071 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16072 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
16073
16074 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16075 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
16076
16077 ;;;***
16078 \f
16079 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16080 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
16081 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16082
16083 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16084 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16085 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16086 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16087 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16088 original message but it does require a few things:
16089
16090 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16091
16092 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16093 reply buffer.
16094
16095 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16096 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16097 original message.
16098
16099 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16100
16101 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16102
16103 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16104 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16105 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16106
16107 ;;;***
16108 \f
16109 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16111
16112 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16113 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16114 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16115 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16116 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16117
16118 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16119 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16120 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16121 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16122 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16123 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16124 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16125
16126 ;;;***
16127 \f
16128 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15192 12218))
16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16130
16131 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16132 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16133
16134 ;;;***
16135 \f
16136 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15292 25969))
16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16138
16139 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16140 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16141 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16142 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16143 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16144 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16145 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16146
16147 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16148 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16149 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16150 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16151
16152 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16153 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
16154
16155 ;;;***
16156 \f
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15192 12245))
16159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16160
16161 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16162 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16163 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16164 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16165 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16167
16168 Variables controlling indentation style:
16169 tcl-indent-level
16170 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16171 tcl-continued-indent-level
16172 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16173
16174 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16175 documentation for details):
16176 tcl-tab-always-indent
16177 Controls action of TAB key.
16178 tcl-auto-newline
16179 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16180 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16181 tcl-electric-hash-style
16182 Controls action of `#' key.
16183 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
16184 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
16185 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
16186 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
16187 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16188 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16189
16190 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16191 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16192 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16193 already exist.
16194
16195 Commands:
16196 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16197
16198 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16199 Run inferior Tcl process.
16200 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16201 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16202
16203 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16204 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16205 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16206
16207 ;;;***
16208 \f
16209 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15242 17023))
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16211 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16212
16213 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16214 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16215 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16216 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16217 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16218 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16219 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16220 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16221
16222 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16223 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16224 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16225 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16226
16227 ;;;***
16228 \f
16229 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15192
16230 ;;;;;; 12218))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16232
16233 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16234 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16235 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16236 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16237 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16238 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16239
16240 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16241 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16242
16243 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16244 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16245
16246 ;;;***
16247 \f
16248 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15192
16249 ;;;;;; 12218))
16250 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16251
16252 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16253 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16254 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16255 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16256 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16257 program as keyboard input.
16258
16259 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16260 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16261 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16262 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16263
16264 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16265 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16266 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16267 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16268 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16269
16270 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16271
16272 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16273 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16274 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16275 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16276
16277 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16278 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16279 subprocess started." t nil)
16280
16281 ;;;***
16282 \f
16283 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15292 25972))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16285
16286 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16287 Play the Tetris game.
16288 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16289 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16290 as to form complete rows.
16291
16292 tetris-mode keybindings:
16293 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16294 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16295 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16296 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16297 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16298 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16299 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16300 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16301 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16302
16303 " t nil)
16304
16305 ;;;***
16306 \f
16307 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16308 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16309 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16310 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16311 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16312 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16313 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16314 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16316
16317 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16318 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16319
16320 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16321 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16322 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16323 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16324 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16325
16326 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16327 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16328 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16329 if it matches the first line of the file,
16330 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16331
16332 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16333 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16334 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16335 if the variable is non-nil.")
16336
16337 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16338 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16339
16340 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16341 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16342 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16343 See the documentation of that variable.")
16344
16345 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16346 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16347 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16348 See the documentation of that variable.")
16349
16350 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16351 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16352 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16353 See the documentation of that variable.")
16354
16355 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16356 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16357 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16358 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16359
16360 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16361 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16362 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16363
16364 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16365 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16366 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16367 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16368
16369 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16370 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16371 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16372 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16373
16374 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16375 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16376 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16377 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16378
16379 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16380 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16381 for example,
16382
16383 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16384 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16385
16386 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16387 use.")
16388
16389 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16390 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16391 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16392 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16393
16394 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16395 window system being used. For example,
16396
16397 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16398 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16399
16400 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16401 otherwise.")
16402
16403 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16404 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16405 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16406
16407 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16408 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16409 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16410 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16411 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16412
16413 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16414 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16415
16416 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16417 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16418
16419 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16420 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16421 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16422 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16423 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16424 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16425 says which mode to use." t nil)
16426
16427 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16428
16429 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16430
16431 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16432
16433 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16434 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16435 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16436 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16437 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16438
16439 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
16440 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16441 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16442 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16443 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16444 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16445 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16446
16447 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16448 mismatched $'s or braces.
16449
16450 Special commands:
16451 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
16452
16453 Mode variables:
16454 tex-run-command
16455 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16456 tex-directory
16457 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16458 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16459 tex-dvi-print-command
16460 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16461 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16462 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16463 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16464 tex-dvi-view-command
16465 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16466 tex-show-queue-command
16467 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16468 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16469
16470 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16471 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16472 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16473
16474 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16475 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16476 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16477 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16478 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16479
16480 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16481 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16482 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16483 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16484 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16485 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16486 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16487
16488 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16489 mismatched $'s or braces.
16490
16491 Special commands:
16492 \\{latex-mode-map}
16493
16494 Mode variables:
16495 latex-run-command
16496 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16497 tex-directory
16498 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16499 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16500 tex-dvi-print-command
16501 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16502 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16503 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16504 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16505 tex-dvi-view-command
16506 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16507 tex-show-queue-command
16508 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16509 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16510
16511 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16512 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16513 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16514
16515 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16516 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
16517 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16518 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16519 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16520
16521 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16522 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16523 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16524 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16525 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16526 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16527 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16528
16529 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16530 mismatched $'s or braces.
16531
16532 Special commands:
16533 \\{slitex-mode-map}
16534
16535 Mode variables:
16536 slitex-run-command
16537 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16538 tex-directory
16539 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
16540 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16541 tex-dvi-print-command
16542 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16543 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16544 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16545 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16546 tex-dvi-view-command
16547 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16548 tex-show-queue-command
16549 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16550 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16551
16552 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16553 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16554 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16555 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16556
16557 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16558
16559 ;;;***
16560 \f
16561 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16562 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15192 12249))
16563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16564
16565 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16566 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16567 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16568 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16569
16570 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16571 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16572 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16573
16574 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16575 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16576 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16577 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
16578 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16579
16580 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16581 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16582 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16583 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16584
16585 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16586 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16587 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16588 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16589
16590 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16591 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16592
16593 ;;;***
16594 \f
16595 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16596 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15192 12249))
16597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16598
16599 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16600 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16601
16602 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16603 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16604
16605 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16606 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16607
16608 It has these extra commands:
16609 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16610
16611 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16612 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16613 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16614 modified version of TeX input format.
16615
16616 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16617 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16618 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16619 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16620
16621 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16622 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16623 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16624 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16625 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16626 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16627 in the Texinfo file.
16628
16629 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16630 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16631 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16632 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16633 move forward past the closing brace.
16634
16635 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16636 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16637
16638 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16639 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16640 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16641
16642 Here are the functions:
16643
16644 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16645 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16646 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16647
16648 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16649 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16650 texinfo-master-menu
16651
16652 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16653
16654 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16655 which menu descriptions are indented.
16656
16657 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16658 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16659 in the region.
16660
16661 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16662 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16663 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16664 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16665
16666 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16667 be the first node in the file.
16668
16669
16670 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16671 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16672
16673 ;;;***
16674 \f
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16676 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16677 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15192 12234))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16679
16680 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16681 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16682 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16683 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16684
16685 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16686 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16687
16688 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16689 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16690
16691 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16692
16693 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16694 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16695 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16696 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16697 to compose.
16698
16699 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16700
16701 ;;;***
16702 \f
16703 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16704 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16705 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15192 12218))
16706 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16707
16708 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16709 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16710
16711 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16712 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16713 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16714 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16715 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16716
16717 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16718 a symbol as a valid THING.
16719
16720 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16721 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16722
16723 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16724 Return the THING at point.
16725 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16726 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16727 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16728
16729 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16730 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16731
16732 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16733
16734 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16735
16736 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16737
16738 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16739
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16743 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16744 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16745 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16746 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15192
16747 ;;;;;; 12234))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16749
16750 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16751 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16752 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16753
16754 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16755 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16756
16757 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16758 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16759 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16760
16761 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16762 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16763
16764 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16765 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16766
16767 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16768 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16769 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16770 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16771
16772 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16773 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16774 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16775 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16776
16777 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16778
16779 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16780 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16781 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16782
16783 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16784 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16785 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16786
16787 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16788
16789 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16790
16791 ;;;***
16792 \f
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16794 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16796
16797 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16798 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16799 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16800 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16801 parameters.
16802 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16803
16804 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16805 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16806 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16807 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16808 parameters.
16809 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16810
16811 ;;;***
16812 \f
16813 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16814 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15223 37890))
16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16816
16817 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16818 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16819
16820 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16821 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16822 This display updates automatically every minute.
16823 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16824 are displayed as well.
16825 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16826
16827 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16828 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16829 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16831 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16832
16833 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16834
16835 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16836
16837 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16838 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16839 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16840
16841 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16842 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16843 are displayed as well.
16844 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16845
16846 ;;;***
16847 \f
16848 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16849 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
16850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16851
16852 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16853 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16854
16855 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16856 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16857 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16858
16859 ;;;***
16860 \f
16861 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16862 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15275 13004))
16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16864
16865 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16866 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16867 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16868 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16869 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16870 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16871 look like one of the following:
16872 Time-stamp: <>
16873 Time-stamp: \" \"
16874 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16875 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16876 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16877 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16878 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16879 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16880 template." t nil)
16881
16882 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16883 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16884 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16885
16886 ;;;***
16887 \f
16888 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16889 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16890 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16891 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16892 ;;;;;; (15122 26745))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16894
16895 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16896 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16897 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16898 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16899 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16900 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16901 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16902 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16903
16904 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16905 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16906 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16907 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16908 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16909 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16910 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16911 this function is called within a day.
16912
16913 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16914 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16915 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16916 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16917
16918 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16919 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16920 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16921 begun during the last time segment.
16922
16923 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16924 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16925 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16926 discover the reason." t nil)
16927
16928 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16929 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16930
16931 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16932 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16933 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16934 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16935 project you were working on." t nil)
16936
16937 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16938 Ask the user before clocking out.
16939 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16940
16941 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16942 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16943 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16944
16945 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16946 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16947 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16948 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16949 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16950 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16951
16952 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16953 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16954 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16955 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16956
16957 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16958 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16959 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16960 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16961 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16962 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16963 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16964 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16965 non-nil." t nil)
16966
16967 ;;;***
16968 \f
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16970 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16971 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15293 42340))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16973
16974 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16975
16976 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16977 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16978
16979 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16980 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16981
16982 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16983 Perform an action at time TIME.
16984 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16985 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16986 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16987 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16988 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16989 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16990
16991 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16992
16993 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16994 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16995 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16996 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16997 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16998
16999 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17000
17001 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17002 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17003 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17004 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17005
17006 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17007 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17008 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17009 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17010
17011 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17012 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17013
17014 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17015 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17016
17017 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17018 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17019 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17020 The call should look like:
17021 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17022 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17023 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17024 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17025 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17026
17027 ;;;***
17028 \f
17029 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17030 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15192 12233))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17032
17033 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17034 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17035 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17036 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17037
17038 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17039 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17040 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17041 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17042 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17043 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17044 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17045
17046 ;;;***
17047 \f
17048 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17049 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15122 26744))
17050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17051 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17052 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17053 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17054
17055 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17056 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17057 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17058 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17059 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17060
17061 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17062 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17063 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17064 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17065 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17066
17067 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17068 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17069 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17070 in the menu in two ways:
17071 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17072 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17073 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17074
17075 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17076 keymap or an alist of alists.
17077 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17078 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17079
17080 ;;;***
17081 \f
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17083 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17084 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15192 12221))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17086
17087 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17088 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17089
17090 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17091 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17092
17093 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17094 Insert new TODO list entry.
17095 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17096 category." t nil)
17097
17098 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17099 List top priorities for each category.
17100
17101 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17102 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17103
17104 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17105 between each category." t nil)
17106
17107 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17108 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17109 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17110 between each category.
17111
17112 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17113
17114 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17115 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17116
17117 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17118
17119 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17120 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17121
17122 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17123 Show TODO list." t nil)
17124
17125 ;;;***
17126 \f
17127 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
17128 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15247 16242))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17130
17131 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17132 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17133 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17135 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17136
17137 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17138
17139 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17140
17141 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17142 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17143 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17144
17145 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17146 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17147
17148 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17149 Add an item to the tool bar.
17150 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17151 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17152 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17153 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17154
17155 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17156 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17157 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17158
17159 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17160 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17161 function." nil nil)
17162
17163 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17164 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17165 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
17166 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
17167 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
17168 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
17169 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
17170
17171 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17172 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17173 function." nil nil)
17174
17175 ;;;***
17176 \f
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17178 ;;;;;; (15122 26744))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17180
17181 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17182 Mode for tooltip display.
17183 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17184
17185 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17186 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17188 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17189
17190 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17191
17192 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17193
17194 ;;;***
17195 \f
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15292
17197 ;;;;;; 25971))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17199
17200 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17201
17202 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17203
17204 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17205 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17206
17207 ;;;***
17208 \f
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17210 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15192 12224))
17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17212
17213 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17214 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17215
17216 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17217 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17218
17219 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17220 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17221
17222 ;;;***
17223 \f
17224 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 42342))
17225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17226
17227 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17228 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17229 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17230 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17231 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17232
17233 ;;;***
17234 \f
17235 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17236 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17238
17239 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17240 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17241
17242 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17243 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17244 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17245 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17246 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17247 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17248 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17249 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17250
17251 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17252 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17253 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17254 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17255 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17256 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17257 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17258
17259 ;;;***
17260 \f
17261 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15223 37897))
17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17264 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17265 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17266 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17267
17268 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17269 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17270 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17271 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17272 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17273 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17274 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17275
17276 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17277 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17278 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17279 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17280
17281 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17282
17283 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17284 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17285 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17286 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17287 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17288 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17289 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17290
17291 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17292 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17293
17294 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17295 \\___/\\
17296 / \\
17297 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17298
17299 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17300
17301 ;;;***
17302 \f
17303 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17304 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17305 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17306 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
17307 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17308
17309 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17310 Toggle typing break mode.
17311 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17313 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17314
17315 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17316
17317 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17318
17319 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17320 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17321
17322 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17323 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17324
17325 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17326 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17327 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17328
17329 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17330 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17331
17332 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17333 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17334 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17335
17336 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17337 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17338 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17339 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17340 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17341 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17342
17343 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17344 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17345 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17346 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17347
17348 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17349 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17350
17351 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17352 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17353
17354 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17355 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17356 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17357
17358 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17359 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17360 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17361 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17362 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17363 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17364 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17365
17366 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17367 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17368
17369 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17370 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17371 reset the keystroke counter.
17372
17373 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17374 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17375 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17376 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17377
17378 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17379 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17380 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17381 `type-break-schedule' command.
17382
17383 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17384 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17385 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17386 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17387 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17388 or not to continue.
17389
17390 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17391 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17392 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17393 approximate good values for this.
17394
17395 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17396 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17397
17398 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17399 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17400 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17401 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17402 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17403 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17404
17405 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17406 a typing break occur. They include:
17407
17408 `type-break-query-mode'
17409 `type-break-query-function'
17410 `type-break-query-interval'
17411
17412 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17413
17414 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17415 Take a typing break.
17416
17417 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17418 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17419
17420 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17421 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17422
17423 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17424 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17425 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17426 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17427
17428 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17429 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17430
17431 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17432 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17433 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17434 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17435 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17436 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17437 average typing speed.)
17438
17439 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17440 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17441 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17442 the computed maximum threshold.
17443
17444 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17445 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17446 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17447 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17448 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17449
17450 ;;;***
17451 \f
17452 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17453 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15192 12249))
17454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17455
17456 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17457 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17458 Works by overstriking underscores.
17459 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17460 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17461
17462 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17463 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17464 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17465 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17466
17467 ;;;***
17468 \f
17469 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17470 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
17471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
17472
17473 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17474 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
17475 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
17476
17477 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17478 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
17479 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
17480 following the containing message." t nil)
17481
17482 ;;;***
17483 \f
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
17485 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
17486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
17487
17488 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17489 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
17490 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
17491 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
17492 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
17493 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
17494
17495 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17496 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
17497
17498 ;;;***
17499 \f
17500 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
17501 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
17502 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
17503
17504 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
17505 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
17506 This function has a choice of three things to do:
17507 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
17508 to refrain from editing the file
17509 return t (grab the lock on the file)
17510 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
17511 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
17512 in any way you like." nil nil)
17513
17514 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
17515 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
17516 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
17517 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
17518 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
17519
17520 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
17521 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
17522
17523 ;;;***
17524 \f
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
17526 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15192 12231))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
17528
17529 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
17530 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
17531 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
17532 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
17533
17534 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
17535 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
17536 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
17537
17538 ;;;***
17539 \f
17540 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
17541 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
17542 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
17543 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
17544 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
17545 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
17546 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15281 51219))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
17548
17549 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
17550 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a file has been checked out.
17551 See `run-hooks'.")
17552
17553 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
17554 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
17555 See `run-hooks'.")
17556
17557 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17558 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
17559 See `run-hooks'.")
17560
17561 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17562 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
17563 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17564 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17565 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17566 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17567
17568 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17569 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17570 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17571 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17572 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17573
17574 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17575 Execute a version control command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17576 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17577 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17578 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17579 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17580 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17581 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17582 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17583 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17584 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17585
17586 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17587 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
17588
17589 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17590 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17591
17592 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17593 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17594 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17595 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17596 lock steals will raise an error.
17597
17598 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17599
17600 For RCS and SCCS files:
17601 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17602 control.
17603 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17604 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17605 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17606 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17607 it performs a revert.
17608 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17609 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17610 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17611 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17612 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17613 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17614 the option to steal the lock.
17615
17616 For CVS files:
17617 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17618 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17619 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17620 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17621 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17622 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17623 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17624 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17625 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17626
17627 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17628 Register the current file into a version control system.
17629 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17630 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17631
17632 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17633 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17634 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17635 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17636 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17637 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17638
17639 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17640 Display diffs between file versions.
17641 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
17642 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
17643 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
17644 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
17645
17646 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17647 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
17648 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17649 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
17650
17651 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17652 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
17653 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17654 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17655
17656 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17657 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17658 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17659 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17660 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17661 from the current branch.
17662
17663 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17664
17665 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17666 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17667 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17668
17669 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17670 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17671
17672 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17673
17674 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17675 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17676
17677 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17678 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17679 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17680 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17681 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17682 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17683
17684 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17685 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17686 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17687 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17688 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17689 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17690
17691 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17692 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17693
17694 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17695 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
17696 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17697 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17698 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17699
17700 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17701 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17702 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
17705 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
17706 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
17707 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
17708 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
17709 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
17710 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
17711
17712 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
17713 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
17714 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
17715 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
17716 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
17717 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
17718 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
17719 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
17720 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
17721
17722 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17723 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17726 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17727 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17728 directory.
17729
17730 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17731
17732 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17733 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17734 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17735
17736 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17737 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17738
17739 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17740 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
17741
17742 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
17743 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
17744 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
17745 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
17746 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
17747 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
17748
17749 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
17750 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
17751 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
17752 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
17753 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes
17754 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default
17755 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from
17756 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is
17757 older than that is shown in blue.
17758
17759 Customization variables:
17760
17761 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17762 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17763 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17764 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17765
17766 ;;;***
17767 \f
17768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15244 62593))
17769 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17770 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17771 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17772 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17773 (require 'vc-cvs)
17774 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17775
17776 ;;;***
17777 \f
17778 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17779 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
17780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17781
17782 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17783 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17784 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17785
17786 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17787
17788 ;;;***
17789 \f
17790 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17791 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
17792 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17793
17794 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17795 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17796 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17797
17798 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17799
17800 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17801 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17802 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17803 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17804
17805 ;;;***
17806 \f
17807 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17808 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17810
17811 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17812 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17813
17814 Usage:
17815 ------
17816
17817 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17818 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17819 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17820 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17821 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17822 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17823 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17824 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17825 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17826 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17827 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17828 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17829 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17830 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17831 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17832 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17833 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17834 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17835 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17836
17837 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17838 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17839 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17840
17841 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17842 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17843 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17844 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17845 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17846 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17847 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17848 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17849 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17850
17851 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17852 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17853 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17854 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17855 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17856 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17857 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17858 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17859
17860 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17861 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17862 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17863
17864 - COMMENTS:
17865 `--' puts a single comment.
17866 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17867 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17868 comment in between.
17869 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17870 following lines.
17871 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17872 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17873
17874 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17875 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17876 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17877 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17878 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17879 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17880 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17881 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17882 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17883 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17884 multi-line comments.
17885
17886 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17887 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17888 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17889 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17890 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17891 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17892 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17893 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17894 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17895
17896 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17897 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17898 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17899 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17900 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17901 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17902 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17903 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17904 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17905 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17906
17907 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17908 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17909 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17910 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17911 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17912 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17913 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17914 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17915 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17916 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17917 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17918 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17919 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17920
17921 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17922
17923 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17924 menu).
17925
17926 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17927
17928 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17929 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17930 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17931 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17932 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17933
17934 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17935 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17936 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17937 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17938 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17939 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17940 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17941 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17942 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17943
17944 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17945 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17946 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17947 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17948 specified.
17949
17950 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17951 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17952 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17953 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17954 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17955 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17956
17957 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17958 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17959 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17960 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17961 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17962 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17963 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17964 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17965 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17966 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17967 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17968
17969 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17970 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17971 Math Packages.
17972
17973 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17974 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17975 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17976 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17977 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17978 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17979 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17980 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17981
17982 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17983 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17984 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17985 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17986 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17987 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17988
17989 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17990 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17991 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17992 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17993 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17994
17995 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17996 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17997 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17998 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17999 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18000
18001 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18002 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18003 highlighted if written in lower case.
18004
18005 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18006 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18007 is non-nil.
18008
18009 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18010 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18011 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18012
18013 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18014 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18015 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18016
18017 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18018 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18019 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18020
18021 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18022 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18023 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18024 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18025 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18026 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18027 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18028
18029 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18030 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18031 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18032 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18033 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18034
18035 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18036 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18037 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18038 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18039
18040 - HINTS:
18041 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18042
18043
18044 Maintenance:
18045 ------------
18046
18047 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18048 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18049
18050 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18051
18052 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18053 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18054 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18055 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18056
18057 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18058 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18059 version and release notes can be found.
18060
18061
18062 Bugs and Limitations:
18063 ---------------------
18064
18065 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18066 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18067 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18068 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18069 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18070 does not work under XEmacs.
18071
18072
18073 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18074 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18075
18076 Key bindings:
18077 -------------
18078
18079 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18080
18081 ;;;***
18082 \f
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15192 12224))
18084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18085
18086 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18087 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18088 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18089 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18090
18091 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18092 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18093 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18094 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18095 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18096
18097 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18098 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18099
18100 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18101
18102 * Limitations and unsupported features
18103 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18104 not supported.
18105 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18106 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18107
18108 * Modifications
18109 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18110 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18111 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18112 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18113 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18114 for undoing a repeated change command.
18115 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18116 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18117 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18118
18119 * Extensions
18120 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18121 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18122 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18123 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18124 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18125 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18126 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18127 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18128
18129 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18130
18131 ;;;***
18132 \f
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18134 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18135 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18136 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15192 12234))
18137 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18138
18139 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18140 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18141
18142 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18143 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18144 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18145 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18146
18147 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18148 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18151 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18152 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18153 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18154
18155 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18156 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18157
18158 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18159
18160 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18161
18162 ;;;***
18163 \f
18164 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18165 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18166 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15254
18167 ;;;;;; 8041))
18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18169
18170 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18171 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18172 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18173 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18174
18175 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18176
18177 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18178 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18179 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18180 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18181 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18182 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18183 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18184
18185 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18186
18187 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18188 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18189 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18190 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18191 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18192 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18193 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18194 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18195
18196 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18199 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18200 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18201 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18202 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18203 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18204 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18205 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18206
18207 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18208
18209 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18210 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18211 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18212 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18213 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18214 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18215 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18216
18217 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18218
18219 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18220 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18221 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18222
18223 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18224 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18225 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18227 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18228 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18230 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18231
18232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18233
18234 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18235 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18236 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18237
18238 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18239 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18240 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18243 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18246
18247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18248
18249 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18250 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18251 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18252
18253 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18254 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18255 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18256
18257 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18258 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18259 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18260 read-only.
18261 \\<view-mode-map>
18262 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18263 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18264 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18265 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18266 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18267
18268 H, h, ? This message.
18269 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18270 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18271 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18272 > move to the end of buffer.
18273 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18274 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18275 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18276 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18277 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18278 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18279 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18280 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18281 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18282 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18283 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18284 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18285 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18286 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18287 Use this to view a changing file.
18288 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18289 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18290 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18291 . set the mark.
18292 x exchanges point and mark.
18293 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18294 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18295 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18296 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18297 ' go to position saved in character register.
18298 s do forward incremental search.
18299 r do reverse incremental search.
18300 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18301 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18302 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18303 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18304 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18305 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18306 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18307 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18308 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18309 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18310 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18311 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18312 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18313 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18314 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18315
18316 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18317 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18318 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18319 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18320 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18321 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18322 will return to that buffer.
18323
18324 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18325
18326 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18327 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18328 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18329 `view-return-to-alist'.
18330 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18331 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18332 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18333
18334 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18335 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18336 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18337 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18338 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18339 1) nil Do nothing.
18340 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18341 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18342 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18343 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18344
18345 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18346
18347 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18348
18349 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18350 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18351
18352 ;;;***
18353 \f
18354 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15192 12224))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18356
18357 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18358 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18359
18360 ;;;***
18361 \f
18362 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18363 ;;;;;; (15260 46307))
18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18365
18366 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18367 Toggle Viper on/off.
18368 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18369
18370 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18371 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18372
18373 ;;;***
18374 \f
18375 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15192 12237))
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18377
18378 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18379 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18380
18381 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18382 hotlist.
18383
18384 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18385 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18386
18387 ;;;***
18388 \f
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18390 ;;;;;; (15192 12219))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18392
18393 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18394
18395 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18396 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18397 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18399 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
18400
18401 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18402
18403 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18404
18405 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18406 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18407 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18408 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18409
18410 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18411 and off otherwise." t nil)
18412
18413 ;;;***
18414 \f
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18416 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18417 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18418 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18419 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18420 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15234 20126))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18422
18423 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18424 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18425
18426 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18427 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18428
18429 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18430 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18431
18432 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18433 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18434
18435 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18436 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18437
18438 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18439 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18440 These are:
18441 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18442 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18443 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18444 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18445 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18446
18447 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18448 and:
18449 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18450 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18451
18452 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18453 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18454
18455 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18456 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18457
18458 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
18459 whitespace problems." t nil)
18460
18461 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18462 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18463
18464 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18465 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18466
18467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18468 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
18469 \(which see).")
18470
18471 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18472
18473 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
18474
18475 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
18476 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
18477 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
18478
18479 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
18480 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
18481
18482 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
18483 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
18484 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
18485
18486 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
18487 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
18488
18489 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
18490 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
18491
18492 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18493 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18494 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
18495 replaced with TABS).
18496 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18497 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18498
18499 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
18500
18501 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
18502 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
18503
18504 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
18505 i - Indentation whitespace.
18506 l - Leading whitespace.
18507 s - Space followed by Tab.
18508 t - Trailing whitespace.
18509
18510 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
18511 !<y>.
18512
18513 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
18514 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
18515 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
18516 always they default to 8.)
18517
18518 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
18519 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
18520 even print it.
18521
18522 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
18523 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
18524 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
18525 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
18526 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
18527 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
18528 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
18529 to set smarttab.)
18530
18531 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
18532 merge problems.
18533
18534 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
18535 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
18536 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
18537
18538 ;;;***
18539 \f
18540 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
18541 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15192 12219))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
18543
18544 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
18545 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
18546
18547 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
18548 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
18549
18550 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
18551 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
18552
18553 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
18554 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
18555 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18556
18557 ;;;***
18558 \f
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
18560 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15236 47779))
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
18562
18563 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
18564 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
18565 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
18566
18567 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
18568 Create widget of TYPE.
18569 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
18570
18571 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
18572 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
18573
18574 ;;;***
18575 \f
18576 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
18577 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15293
18578 ;;;;;; 42340))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
18580
18581 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
18582 Select the window to the left of the current one.
18583 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18584 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18585 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
18586 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18587 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18588
18589 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
18590 Select the window above the current one.
18591 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
18592 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
18593 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
18594 negative ARG) of the current window.
18595 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18596
18597 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
18598 Select the window to the right of the current one.
18599 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18600 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
18601 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
18602 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18603 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18604
18605 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18606 Select the window below the current one.
18607 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18608 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18609 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18610 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18611 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18612
18613 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18614 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
18615
18616 ;;;***
18617 \f
18618 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18619 ;;;;;; (15185 36001))
18620 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18621
18622 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18623 Toggle winner-mode.
18624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18625 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
18626
18627 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18628
18629 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18630
18631 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18632 Toggle Winner mode.
18633 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18634
18635 ;;;***
18636 \f
18637 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18638 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15296 19686))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18640
18641 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18642 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18643 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18644 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18645 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18646 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18647 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18648 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18649
18650 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18651 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18654 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18655
18656 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18657 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18658 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18659 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18660 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18661 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18662 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18663 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18664
18665 ;;;***
18666 \f
18667 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18668 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
18669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18670
18671 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18672 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18673
18674 BUGS:
18675 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18676 are not implemented
18677 - Options for search and replace
18678 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18679 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18680
18681 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18682 Emacs-like.
18683
18684 The key bindings are:
18685
18686 C-a backward-word
18687 C-b fill-paragraph
18688 C-c scroll-up-line
18689 C-d forward-char
18690 C-e previous-line
18691 C-f forward-word
18692 C-g delete-char
18693 C-h backward-char
18694 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18695 C-j help-for-help
18696 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18697 C-l ws-repeat-search
18698 C-n open-line
18699 C-p quoted-insert
18700 C-r scroll-down-line
18701 C-s backward-char
18702 C-t kill-word
18703 C-u keyboard-quit
18704 C-v overwrite-mode
18705 C-w scroll-down
18706 C-x next-line
18707 C-y kill-complete-line
18708 C-z scroll-up
18709
18710 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18711 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18712 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18713 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18714 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18715 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18716 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18717 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18718 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18719 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18720 C-k b ws-begin-block
18721 C-k c ws-copy-block
18722 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18723 C-k f find-file
18724 C-k h ws-show-markers
18725 C-k i ws-indent-block
18726 C-k k ws-end-block
18727 C-k p ws-print-block
18728 C-k q kill-emacs
18729 C-k r insert-file
18730 C-k s save-some-buffers
18731 C-k t ws-mark-word
18732 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18733 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18734 C-k v ws-move-block
18735 C-k w ws-write-block
18736 C-k x kill-emacs
18737 C-k y ws-delete-block
18738
18739 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18740 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18741 C-o j justify-current-line
18742 C-o k kill-buffer
18743 C-o l list-buffers
18744 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18745 C-o r set-fill-column
18746 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18747 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18748 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18749 C-o wo other-window
18750 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18751
18752 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18753 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18754 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18755 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18756 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18757 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18758 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18759 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18760 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18761 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18762 C-q a ws-query-replace
18763 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18764 C-q c end-of-buffer
18765 C-q d end-of-line
18766 C-q f ws-search
18767 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18768 C-q l ws-undo
18769 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18770 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18771 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18772 C-q w ws-last-error
18773 C-q y ws-kill-eol
18774 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18775 " t nil)
18776
18777 ;;;***
18778 \f
18779 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15199
18780 ;;;;;; 61891))
18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18782
18783 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18784 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18785 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18786
18787 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18788
18789 ;;;***
18790 \f
18791 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18792 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
18793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18794
18795 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18796 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18797
18798 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18799 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18800
18801 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18802 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18803 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18804
18805 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18806 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18807
18808 ;;;***
18809 \f
18810 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15210 44097))
18811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18812
18813 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18814 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18815
18816 ;;;***
18817 \f
18818 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18819 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15192 12237))
18820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18821
18822 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18823 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18824
18825 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18826 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18827
18828 Zone-mode does two things:
18829
18830 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18831 when saving the file
18832
18833 - fontification" t nil)
18834
18835 ;;;***
18836 \f
18837 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
18838 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "uniquify.el"
18839 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "isearch.el" "files.el" "env.el" "bindings.el"
18840 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
18841 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
18842 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
18843 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
18844 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/page.el"
18845 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
18846 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/xterm.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/wyse50.el"
18847 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el"
18848 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el"
18849 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el"
18850 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
18851 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/news.el"
18852 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el"
18853 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
18854 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
18855 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
18856 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
18857 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
18858 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
18859 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "play/meese.el"
18860 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
18861 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
18862 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
18863 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
18864 ;;;;;; "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
18865 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el"
18866 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
18867 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
18868 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el" "language/slovak.el"
18869 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/lao.el"
18870 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/indian.el"
18871 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el" "language/european.el"
18872 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el"
18873 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/chinese.el"
18874 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
18875 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
18876 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/parse-time.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
18877 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
18878 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
18879 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
18880 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
18881 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
18882 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18883 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
18884 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
18885 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
18886 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
18887 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
18888 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
18889 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
18890 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
18891 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
18892 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
18893 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
18894 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
18895 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
18896 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
18897 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
18898 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
18899 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
18900 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
18901 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
18902 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
18903 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
18904 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
18905 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
18906 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/mlsupport.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
18907 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
18908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
18909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
18910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
18911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
18912 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
18913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
18914 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
18915 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
18916 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
18917 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "net/ldap.el"
18918 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
18919 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "international/utf-8.el" "international/swedish.el"
18920 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/mule.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
18921 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el"
18922 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el"
18923 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18924 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
18925 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
18926 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "xscheme.el" "xml.el" "window.el"
18927 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "w32-fns.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el" "vmsproc.el"
18928 ;;;;;; "vms-patch.el" "version.el" "vcursor.el" "vc-hooks.el" "unused.el"
18929 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tempo.el" "tcp.el" "subdirs.el" "soundex.el"
18930 ;;;;;; "select.el" "scroll-bar.el" "saveplace.el" "s-region.el"
18931 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "register.el" "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
18932 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse.el" "mouse-drag.el"
18933 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "menu-bar.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el"
18934 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "generic-x.el" "frame.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el"
18935 ;;;;;; "format.el" "foldout.el" "float-sup.el" "finder-inf.el" "emacs-lock.el"
18936 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "ediff-wind.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
18937 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-diff.el" "dos-w32.el"
18938 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-fns.el" "custom.el" "cus-start.el" "cus-load.el"
18939 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el" "buff-menu.el"
18940 ;;;;;; "allout.el" "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "simple.el" "faces.el"
18941 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "subr.el") (15298 59409 341466))
18942
18943 ;;;***
18944 \f
18945 ;;; Local Variables:
18946 ;;; version-control: never
18947 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
18948 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
18949 ;;; End:
18950 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here